IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
1.25
If IM
IIIM
12.2
- 6
S ™- IIIM
t-uu
U IIIIII.6
V
<^
/a
""^.
//
VI
%x ^ ^
^
^
t
■^
Photographic
Sdences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
,\
iV
:\
\
V
c>
■"■^y
,<"■*
%'
,■^'
^
i/i
CIriM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian institute for Historicai Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiquM
IW/^^f
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques at bibliographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain .he best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the irrages in tha
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usi'al method of filming, are checked below.
□ Coloured covers/
Couverture de cnulaur
□ Covers damaged/
C(
D
D
D
D
D
Couverture endommagee
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaui'de at/ou pelMculde
C Cover title missing/
Le t
tre de couverture manque
I I Coloured maps/
Cartes gAographiques en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
Relii avec d'autres documents
Tight binding may causa shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
Lareliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distorsion le long de la marge interieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties
lors d'une r^stauration apparaissent dans le texta,
mais, torsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6xt film^es.
L'Institut a micofilme le meillaur exemplaire
qu'il lui a ete possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la m^thoda normale de filmage
sent indiquis ci-dessous.
I I Coloured pagas/
D
Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplementaires:
Pages 129 - 130 are missing.
Pages da couleur
Pages damaged/
Pages endommageas
Pages restored and/oi
Pages rest^u'ees et/ou pellicul^es
Pages discoloured, stained or foxet
Pages ddcolor^es, tachet^es ou piquees
Pages detached/
Pages datachees
Showthrough/
Transparence
Quality of prir
Quality m^gale de I'impression
Includes supplementary materia
Comprend du materiel supplementaire
iditton available/
Edition disponible
r~l Pages damaged/
I I Pages restored and/or laminated/
I I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
|~n Pages detached/
rri Showthrough/
r~J| Quality of print varies/
r~l Includes supplementary material/
□ Only edition available/
Seuie
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure,
etc., cnt 6t^ film^es i nouveau de facon a
obtenir la meiileure image possible.
This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu^ ci-dessous.
10X 14X 18X 22X
■''^X
30X
A 11"^
12X
16X
20X
24X
28X
32X
Th« copy fllmsd h«ra has b««n reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:
New Brunswick IVIuseum
Saint John
L'exemplairi;} filmA fut reproduit grAce d la
gin^rositi de:
New Brunswick IVIuseum
Saint John
The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover whei'> appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impre^aion.
The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —»•( meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Lee images suivantos ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de le condition at
da la nettet* de i'exemplaire fiim4, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimAe sont filmte en commenpant
par le premier plat et an terminant soit par la
dernlAre page qui comporte une ampreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
plat, salon ie cas. Tous tea autras exemplaires
originaux sont film^s en commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration at en terminant par
la dorniira page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboies suivants apparaitra sur la
derniire image de cheque microfiche, seion le
caa: le symbole — *>signifie "A SUIVRE ", le
symbols V signifie "FIN ".
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
filmte A dea taux de rMuction diffirants.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul cllchA. il est film^ d partir
da Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en pronant le nombre
d'images nicessaira. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mdthode.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
mmm^ism
■J"'/'-^
■4,
/
/
/ / y^
/
i
/
1/
. .V-
bk>^c.£
(V- • i^O'^^^^ '
V......
^
^f \
y
/
/
/
/y 'T'
1 1
I
T'//
-";^
T//
/
''^ ^ * /^
^ /
Y^
U>''
Nk,
«Tratit
J.W. LAWREKCE COIIECTiOh
NEW GUIDE
THE ENiJLISH TONGUE
IN FIVE PARIS.
CONTAIXMtO
I. Wonls, both common and proper, fr^wi
one to six syllables; the several sort* of
Bionosyllubles in tlie common words be-
ing distinuuislied. by tables, into words
of tv.C'. tlirei', and four letters, &c. with
*ix short lessons at the end oJ each ta-
ble, not exctfdiuK the order of syllables
in tie lort');oing tables. The several
M>rls of pulysyliahles also, being ranged
in pro|H.i- till) es. have their syllables
divide!, and directions placed' at the
head ol eiub table (or the acoenf, to
pievei.t ta^e pidnunriation : tojjelher
With the lii e numler of lessons on
the furriioiiu; UiMes. piattd at the end
tit each tu^ilt. i.'.s lar as to words of
four >yllah:es. ii<r the easier and more
•|»ee(i) uay i,l teaching children lo
read.
II. A larjfe and useful table of tifenls that'
are the same in sound, but diKerent :n ■
signification; very necessary to prevent"
the writing of one word for aaother of tlie
same S'luiid,
III. A short, biit n mprehensive Grammar
of the Lnglish Tonj'- e, delivered iu th«
most familiar and i. i ..uctivc method ot
question and answer; necessaiy for aM
such persons who have the advantam
oniy of an Knglish education.
IV. A* useful collection of Sentences In
prose and verse, divine, m«>ral. and h5».
torical; together wiili a select number of
Fables, adorned with proper sculpture*
for the better improvement of you^jr
btginners.
V. Forms of Prayer foi- Children, on teve-
ra.1 occasions.
Vtm whole, beins recommended by several Clereymen and eminent Selioolmasters>, »>
the most useful performance for the instruction of Youth, is designed
JTcr ti}t B^e at ^d^ooW '
IK GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND, AND IN THE SEVERAL ENeHJfli
COLONIES AND PLANTATIONS ABROAD,
BY THOMAS DILWORTH.
iTBKEOTYPS BDITIOh, IMPBOVia
''V.
<St. Joijn, 'K.UK
M'-MILLAN,
TilCEiMX B JOK A.ND STATIO.NEKY VVARiiUOySE,
hKi>'CE vrtLLuai
Hi;i.r.
y.
A
/
1
4
l^M-.^iTf-C
TO " ■• -^ ~i 1~ (. '.
MR. DILWORTH,
ox XXI
NEW GUIDE TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE
What thanks, my friend, should to thy care be given,
Which makes the paths to science smooth and even
Henceforth our youth who tread thy flowery way.
Shall ne'er from rules of proper diction stray:
No more their speech with barbarous terms be fill'd*
No more their pens a crop of nonsense yield'
But chosen words in due arrangement stand.
And sense and elegance go hand in hand.
Attend, ye sprightly youth, ye modest fair!
Awhile be arts of dress your slighter care;
Awhile the precepts of these pages heed.
And richer ornaments will soon succeed :
Your friend, delighted, shall your talk attend.
And think too soon your pleasing letters end.
How do we blush to hear the untutor'd tongue
Of some gay idiot, painful speech prolong!
The dark discourse no ray of reason clears:
And uncouth chaos, void of form appears:
What pity— to behold some beauteous toast.
Whose piercing eyes a thousand conquests boast,
With such preposterous terms her billet swell.
As prove the nymph can neither read nor spell !
But such reproach no more shall stain the fair.
Who make tliy easy rules their timely care^
Nor teachers more bewail their ill success
Who on voutii?- minds tht^aa
MCoAll 1/
t"
J. DUICK.
PREFACE.
*
*It has been a general and true observation, that' with the
eformation of these realms ignorance has gradually va-
.idshed at the increase of learning amongst us, who taka
the word of God for a " lantern to our leot, and a light to
'Our paths."
Thus, they who groped their way to virtue and know-
ledge in the days of darkness and implicit zeal, were
taught little more than to mumble over a few prayers by
heart, and never called upon to read, much less permitted
to inquiie into the truth of what they professed.
But, since the sunshine of the gospel of Jesns Christ
has risen amongst iis; since we were loosed from the bands
of ignorance and superstition; since every Protestant be-
.ieves it to be his duty to promote Christian knowledge;
certainly it will be confessed, that all improvements in
learning ought to be encouraged, and consequently that
they deserve our particular regard who study to make the
first steps thereof firm and easy. For human prudence
teacheth, that a good beginning is the most reasonable
prospect of a good ending.
Therefore, as fill learning gradually ascends from the
first knowledore and use of letters, syllables, and words,
▼bat better work can the instructor of youth undertake,
than endeavour to propagate the knowledge, prevent and
rectify the mistakes, and root out the ill habits contracted .,
by many in a wrong method, either through the ignorance
or neglect of the teacher?
1
*■
\
1
PART I.
THE ALPHABET.
ROMAN.
abcdefg^liijklmiiopqrstuvwxya
A.B CDEFGHI JX L M NOPQ R S TUVWX YZ
ITALIC.
a h c d e f g h i j k I m n o p q r s t u v w ,r y z
A BCDEFGHIJKL M^OPQRS TUVWXYZ
OLD ENGLISH,
a 6 X IJ c f 5 Ij I j ii I m H p q r 5 1 u b to jr p J
Q 33 € S e iF <& ^> It 5 mi E fW ^ <!9 ^ 091 m ^
€Wi
©Wiiy^JS
UOUBLE LETTERS.
TABLE I
ff S
OF
d ffi ffl &
a) CE
ES.
1
TABLE
II.
' SYLLABLl
ba
bo
bi
bo
bu
ab
eb
ib
ob
ub
ca
ce
ci
CO
cu
ae
ec
ic
oc
uc
da
de
di
do
du
ad
ed
id
od
ud
hi
fe
fi
fo
fu
af
ef
if
of
uf
ga
ge
gi
go
g«
ag
eg
%
og
««
ha
he
la
ho
hu
ah
oh
b '^
je
• •
jo
ju
f ka
ke
ki
ko
ku
ak
ek
ik
ok
uk
la
le
li
lo
lu
al
el
ii
ol
til
ma
me
mi
mo
mil
am
em
im
om
iiiB
na
He
ni
no
nu
an
en
in
on
un
pa
pe
pi
po
pu
ap
ep
ip
op
up
ra
re
I'l
ro
ru
ar
er
ir
or
iir
sa
se
SI
so
su
as
es
is
•OS
UB
ta
te
ti
to
tu
at
et
it
ot
ut
r
8
va
wa
ya
za
A NEW GUISE
ye
we
ye
ze
wi
zi
vo
wo
yo
zo
vu
wu
y«
zu
av
aw
ax
ay
az ez
ey iv
ew
ex ix
bla ble bli
bra bre bri
cha che chi
cla cle cli
era ere cri
dra dre dri
dwa dwe dwi
fla fle fli
fra fie fri
gJa gle gli
gra gi-e gri
ikna kiie kiii
pha phe plii
pla pie pli
pra pre 2>ri
TABLE III.
bio blu
bro bill
cho ebu
clo clu
cro cru
dro driv
dwo
flo flu
fro iru
glo glu
gro gru
Iviio knii
plio phu
]>lo plu
pro pru
qua que
sea see
sba she
ska ske
sla sle
sma sme
sua sue
spa spe
sta ste
swa swe
tlia the
tra tie
twa U\e
wha ^\]\e
wra AM*e
iz
qui
sci
slii
ski
sli
smi
sni
spi
sti
swi
thi
tii
twi
wlii
wri
ov
ow
ox
oy
oz
uv
ux
uz
quo
SCO scu
sho isliu
sko sku
slo slu
smo suiu
siio suu
spo spu
sto stu
swo swu
tlio thu
tro tru
two
WJIO
^^ro wru
OF MONOSYLLABLES.
TABLE I.
Words of Two Letters, viz. One Vowel and One
A Consonant.
M an as at ax aj. If in is it. Of oL an
or ox. Up us. Be he me we ye. Go ho lo
no so wo. (Do to). By ly my py vy.
r*»
'^M
TO THF. ENGLISH TONGUE.
9
uv
TABLE II.
f^Poras of Three Letters, viz. One Vowel and l\vo
Consonants.
Dab nab. Web. Bib fib nib tib. Bob fob
job mob rob sob. Cub rub tub. Bad lad mad
sad. Bag cag fag gag hag nag rag tag. Bi^s^
leg. Big dig fig gig jig p*g wig. Bog dog fog
hog jog log.
Gum mum rum sum. Can fan man pan wan.
Pen den fen hen men pen ten. Din fin gin kin.
Cap gap lap map rap tap. Dip hip lip nip rip
sip tip. Fop hop lop mop sop top. Cup sup.
Bet get jet let met net set wet yet. Bit fit hit
nit pit sit wit. Dot got hot jot lot not pot rot sot
Box fox. The. Who. Cry dry fly fry pry
shy sly sty thy try why. Act all and apt ark arm
art ash ask asp ass. Ebb egg ell elm end.
ris
TABLE III.
Words of Three Letters^ viz. One Consonant and Two
Vowels^ or a Diphthong.
JL EA sea tea yea. Bee fee see. Die fie lie.
Doe foe roe toe. Due rue sue. Awe daw jaw
law. Cow how mow now sow vow. Coo too woo.
Bay day gay hay jay lay may nay pay ray say
way (Key) (eye). Boy coy joy toy. Ace age
ape.
A2
*ft
10
A NEW GUIDG
Sm-
Some easy Lessons on the foregoing Tables, consisting ^
Words not exceeding three Letters. ^
.-^^ ^ LESSON I.
JN O man may put off tlie law of God.
The way of God is no ill way.
My joy is in God all the day.
A bad man is a foe to God.
J*
LESSON IL
To God I do cry all the day.
Who is God, but our God? ^» \
All men go out of the way of thy law.
In God do I put my joy, O let me not sin.
LESSON III,
Pay to God his due.
Go not in the way of bad men.
No man can see God.
Our God is the God of all men.
LESSON IV.
Who can say he has no sin?
The way of man is ill, but not the way PoodL
My son, go not in the way of bad menJ
No man can do as God can do.
LESSON V.
l^^i me not go out of thy way, God.
O do not see my sin, and let me not go to the pit
Try me, O God, and let me not go out of the
way of thy law.
\
9^
\
L
6
■^
TO Tlir: I^NiiMJill TON(JLE. U
l.DS.SON VI.
The way of man is not iiis {lie way of GoJ.
The law of God is joy to mo.
My son, if you do ill, you taiuiot go to God.
Do as you arc hid; hut if you are hid, do no ill.
TABLE IV.
Words of Four Letters^ viz. a Vowed placed between thM
two former Consonants.
High. MucIi such. Back jack lack pack
sack tack. Deck neck peck. Kick ^^ck nick pick
sick. Dock lock mock rock sock. Buck duck
luck muck tuck. Fact. Buff cuff huff nmff puff.
Cold fold hold sold told gold. Calf half. Self.
Bell fell tell well. Bill fdl hill kill mill pill tiH
will. Boll poll roll toll. (Bull full pull) dull gi:li
hull. Balm calm palm. Alms.
Help yeip. Gulp pulp. Halt malt salt. Belt
felt melt pelt. Gilt hilt jilt milt wilt. Colt jolt
polt. Lamh. Limh. Comh (homb tomh worob).
Bend fend lend mend rend send tend. Bind find
kind mind rind wind. Bond fond pond. Baiig
gang hang. King riiig sing wing. Long sang.
Dint hint lint mint (pint). Hunt runt. Garb.
Herb verb. Curb. Card hard yard (ward).
Herd bird gird. Cord lord (ford) (word). Curd.
Turf. Bark dark lark mark park. Jerk. Fork
(pork) (work). Lurk lurk. Giii Curl hurl
pur^L Fai-m harm (warm). Tern^g|^rm.
" 'I'SI!^' "**
^^ A NEW GUIDE
Fom (wonn). Bam ja.„ (warn). Deru fern
ii«ii. Born corn horn mom (torn wom). Bur-
tun, Carp haip (waip). Cart daat hart pm
tait(«art). Dirt girt. Fort port sort (w6rt)
Busk dusk husk musk. Gasp hasp rasp (Tvasp).
Cst lost tost dost host most post rost. Dus* £
Both dotJi loth moth. Next.
Some ea^ Lessen, on the foregoing Tables, consisting </
n ords not exceeding Four Letters.
Ij. LESSON I.
Hold in the Lord, and mind his word.
My son, hold last the law of the Lord
^ % son, mind not thy own way, but the way of
Do not toll a lie, and let not thy hand do hurt.
LESSON II.
Let all men mind the will of the Lord
Letnonmnlnmyou,ifyoucanhelp'it.
^0' joy IS 111 God all tlie day.
A bad man is a foe to God.
LESSON III.
, Who is God but the Lord.f And who is on
nigh but our God? ® ""
I will call on the Lord all the dav Inn..
10 the Lord will I lift up j^^y^^il
O cast me not out with bad men.
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE. 13
LESSON IV.
God is kind to me, and dotli help me.
Mark the man that doth well, and do so too.
Let my eye he on thee, O Lord my God.
Help such men as want help, and do not sin.
LESSON V.
Hurt no man, and let no man hiu:t you.
Let thy sins past put you in mind to mend.
Send aid to help me, O Lord my God.
Use not thyself to tell a lie.
LESSON VL
My son, walk not in the way of bad menj hut
walk in the law of the Lord.
Let not God go out of thy mind, for he is thy
rock.
The Lord can tell wliat is best for me : to him
will I go for help.
TABLE V.
Words of Four Letters^ viz. a Vowel placed between the
two latter Consonants.
JljLAB crab drab scab stab (swab). Crib drib
glib. Knob. Chub club drub gi'ub snub. Brad
clad glad shad.
Drug plug slug snug. Dram sham. Them.
Brim grun skim swim tr:m whim. From (whom).
Crum drum scum. Bran clan plan span than.
Step. Chip clip ship skip slip trip whip. Chop
crop drop prop shop slop stop. Scar star. Blur spur
siur. This. Thus. Brat chat gnat slat plat th«t
14
A NEW GUIDE
More easy Lessons on thejoregoing Tables, consisting,
of Words not exceeding JFour Letters,
LESSON I.
± HE eje of God h. on them that do ill.
Go not from me, O Goil, my God.
The Lord will help them that crj to him.
Mj son, if thy way is bad, see that you mend it.
LESSON II.
When just men do well, then ill men fall.
1 will mind my way, that I may not sin. *
5 He that doth go with ill men will fall.
Do all that is just;., and let not ill will he in ihv
LESSON III.
Shun them that will hurt you, lest you he hurt
by them.
My son, walk not with them that are Lad, lest
you be so too; but walk in the law cf the Lord
and God ^\ill help you. '
Hold in the Lord, and lend an ear to his word.
LESSON IV.
My son, hold Hist t^e law of the Lord.
My son, mind not thy own will, but the will- of
wd.
My son, mind the law of God, and vo« will dc
well. *
Mv SOI"! poll ^,» <.1J_ T. __ 1 1 « .., _
_t-^ . uu, c^xx uii uiK: j^ura, ana lie will help yoo.
LESSON
Go from that man who will hurt
»o man tlivself..
you; and hurt
TO THE ENGLISH TONGCE. 15
All men go out of the way, and do not mind
God.
God doth see us, and all that we do.
I will sing of the Lord all the day long.
LESSON VL
"With my lips do I tell of the law of God, and I
^ill talk of his word;
I will run the way of thy law ; helf) me in it.
E
TABLE Y[.
Words of Four Loiters, viz. tio'o Consonants and two Vowels;
the latter Vowel sorring onli/ ta lengthen the sound of th$
former, except where, it is otherwise marked.
ABE. Rohe. Face lace mace i*ace. Dice
lice mice nice rice vice. Fade jade made v.ade.
Hide ride side tide wide. Rude. Safe. Life wife.
File mile pile tile vile ^nle. Hole mole pole.
Same tame. Lime lime. Come some home tome.
Fume. Bane lane mane pane. Dine fine Idne
line mine pine vine wine. (Done) (gone) (none),
Bono hone tone. Tune.
Cape rape tape (gape). Pipe ripe (typo) wipe.
Core gore more pore sore tore wore. Cure pure
sure. Base case. Rise (rise wise); Dose (liose
nose rose).
Use (use muse.) Else. Ba^xj date fate gate.
Dote mote note \otc. Lute mute. Cave
(have)
r
lavc ra^ e save wave.
D
i\
lire hive (Qive
O'
live
ftieve). Rove dove (love) (move);
1*
16
A NEW GUIDE
More easy Lessons on the foregoing Tables, consisting o.
Words not exceeding Four Letters,
LESSON I.
CjrOD doth mind all that we say and do.
This life is not come; but the life to come has
no end.
We must love them that do not love us, as weU
as them that do love us.
We must pray for them that hate us.
LESSON IT.
We must do to all men as we like to be done to.
The i.ord he is God; it is he that hath made as!
He must live well, that will die well.
He doth live ill, that doth not mend.
LESSON III.
A bad life will make a bad end.
We must let the time past put us in mind of
tile ill we have done.
Be kiiid to all m^. , and hurt not thyself.
LKSSON IV.
Wo he to me if I live not well.
We can liide no work from God; for the Loid
he IS God, and he is Lord of all.
Mind what is best; do all that is just; and lov
all with whom you have to do.
LESSON V.
tip fliaf At\i\y. 1/vTT^ r>-j iO 1 -,t , , .
j.i„ „„,, ,^,.^u, ^^,^- ^yy^ ^Q^ ^jj^ j^^^ j^^.^
One God doth rule all. The Lord is God.
XPi
None is like to God, and
wo are aQ in his hand.
TO THE ENCIJSri TONGUE.
LESSON vr.
IT
God is tlie most liigli Cml; lie sets up men,
and he dotli help them that arc just.
Go not lar iVoni me, O Lord my God.
The time will come when all men must be put
iu the Just.
Xj
-; 1%
TABLE VII.
JTords of Four Lelters, ^'^/. /ivo Consonants and a DipA^
tliong,
JLjAID maid paid. Fail jail nail rail sail tail.
Maim. Fain gain main pain rain vain. Fair
hair pair. Bait wait. Void. 8oil o'J. Coin
join. Danl). Thou.
Beef. Lock meek seek week. Feel heel reel.
Seem. Been keen seen. Deep keep peep weep.
Beer ycv leer peer. Feet meet. Good hood.
riooC roof. Book cook hook look rook took.
Cool fool pool iDol (wool). Doom room. Moon.
Coop hoo]) loop (soup).
(Door) ]){)or. Boot ((oot) hoot root soot.
Flea plea. Ease. Dead head lead read head lead
read. Deaf" leaf. Leak reak weak. Deal heal
meal seal. Beam seam team. Lean mean wean.
Heap leap.
Chaw (haw flaw gnaw spaw thaw. Dawn fawH.
Blow crow flow glow grow kne > slow snow stow
(plow l;row). Bowl fowl howl. Down gown town.
Bray clay dray fray gray play pray sla,y stay %\Wij>.
\ Grey. Clue glue tr
Lie.
18
A NEW GUIDE
Mort easy Lessmis on tU foregoing Tables, consisting of
Words tut exceeding Four Letters,
^-j LESSON r.
When we go out, and wlicn wc come in, we
are not out of the ejo of God.
Wiien we pniy to God witli a pure mind, lie wiU
. hear us and help us; bur, ii" our uilnd be not pure
when we pray to him, llion he will not hear us.
All tlie day Ion-, God docs mind what we do
with our time.
LKSSON II.
^ The word of God is true; it is gone from hia
lipa, and will come to pass.
He that took on him the form of man to save
us, is God, and came down from God.
This is he, who, when he came, did shuw to us
the way of life, that we may work the work of
God,
LCSSON III.
^ All my joy is in the Lord, and in tliem that love
his ways.
The Lord is nigli to all tliem tliat call on him.
It is good to draw near to God, that he may
draw near to us.
I v/ill call on the Lord for help, that I may bo
•afe from them that hate me.
LESSON IV.
IPhc ways of God are not like il»o -
The Lord God is God of gods
ail.
.f all.
1
\
i%
v^.
isisting of
e 111, we
I, lie will
not pure
ir lis,
t we do
I'om his
to save
iV to lis
kvork of
lat love
I him.
te may
nay bo
I
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE. if
Just and true ar^ thy ways, O Lprd God: Xhy
word is true,
I am the Lord; 1 AM that I AM: this is my
name.
LESSON V.
The Word was with God, and the Word was God.
None but God can tell what is to come,
I must not do an ill act: if I have done it onco^
t must do so no more.
No man can say he has seen God; for none
hath seen him, and none can see him.
LESSON VL
He that doth love God, will keep his laws.
All ye (hat love the Lord, see that ye hate sin,
I will love thee, O Lord, as long as I live.
Keep me, O God ; for my hope is in thee.
My son, call on the Lord for help, that you may
be safe from ihem tlia;^ hate you.
(in.
'f all.
TABLE VHL
Words of Five, Six, §t. Letters, \\z. One Vowel, and
the rest Consonants,
X HROB. Scrub shrub. 8hred thread. Sprig,
»Scrap strap. Scrip strip. Sprat. Split sprit
Strut. Black clack brack crack knack slack
smftck snack stack tmck. Check speck. Brick
chick slick thick trick. Block clock crock flo(^
frock knoclc shock stock.
■Chuck cluck pluck true!-, sr: •,•'', 'Pr;)r,t. 8trici,
\.
'}
20
A NEW GLlDt:
Scoff. Bluff gnifl'siiiifr stiilT. Craft graft shaft.
Cleft tlieft. Drift shift swifi tluift. ni.,hf light
might uiglit right sight bright lliglit iVight slijlit.
Child. Scohl. Chalk stalk.
^Shall) small stall. Dwell slic'.l smell spell swell.
Chill skill spill still shrill. Psahu. Whelm.
Whelp. Shalt. Smelt spell. Spilt stilt. Plumb,
thumb. Cnuiip stamp. Shiinip. Plump stump
'c thump trump. Nymph. Braiid grand stand
strand. Blend spend. Blind grind.
Bring fling sling swing thing spring string.
Thong strong throng wrong. Tongs. Lungs.
» Blank flank irank plank prank sliank thank, BriTdi
chink drink sinink slink think. Drusik trunk.
Chant grant plant slant seant. Scent spc-nt. Flint
ifr.iprint. Front.
Blunt brunt stunt. Tliird. Sword. Scarf.
(tl'varf wharf). Scurf. Shark spark stark.
Stork. Twirl whiil. Churl. Charm (swarm).
knStorm. Stern. Scorn thorn shorn (sworn;.
Churn spurn. Sharp. Ciiirp. Smart start
, - (thwart). Flirt shirt skirt. Sport (short snort).
Blurt spurt.
Clash ilasli gnash slash trash. Flesli fresh
thresh. Blush (lush plush brush clush thrush.
Flask. Brisk whisk. Clasp grasp. Crisp.
Brass glass grass (class). Bless dress press
^«v«o. ^.x.3o. .^iu53 uiuss glcss (^ gross), i russ.
Blast. Blest chest drest. Twist wrist. Ghost
*3,„,
f|
ft shaft,
y \ii>lit
. slight.
llMvelL
^Vhehii.
Pkimb.
' stump
i bluud
stnng.
LllDgS.
Brink
trunk.
Flint
Scarf.
stark,
varm).
I'.vornJ.
t start
snort).
fresh
hriish.
Crisp.
press
iVuss.
host.
I
j
i
I
TO TITK ENGLISH TONGUE. Ul
Crust trust thrust. Smith. Brotli cloth froth
(slotli). Trutli. Birth. Forth (\vorth). World,
liauch liluch hraudi staiu;h. Bench tench stench
drench wrench. Arch marcli parch starch. Perch.
Birch. (Porcli) torcli scorch. Lurch chui-ch.
Cori)s. Harsh marsh. First thirst.
Burst curst duvst. Batch caich hatch latch
malcli patch siuUcli thatch (watch.) Fetch ketch
sketch. It'll (lilcli hit.h pilch ilitcli slitch twitch.
Whicli. Batch notch scotch. Cruich. Length
strength. Tenth. Isiinlh. Fifth sixth.
Some easy Lessons the foregoing Tables^ consisting qf
} lords not exceed tug Six Letters.
LESSON L
JLiOVE not the world, nor the things that are in
tl'ie world; for all that is in tlie world, ^the lust of
the flesli, and llie lust of the eye, is not of God,^
but of the world.
In God I have put my trust: I will not fear
what flesh can do to me.
LESSON n.
Tliou shall love tlie Lord thy God with all Ihy
mhid, and with all lliy soul, arid with all thy might.
All things wax old, and fade; hut God is, and
will be the same: he hath no end.
The Son of od came to wash us from all atn.
tljat he migh: s;ive us : I will be g' ' iii his name.
/
^ A NEW GUIDE
LESSON HI.
Let us all do that which is best; and this will
be the uay to make God love us.
The Lord God shall bless me as my right way
litts been seen by him ; and as my hands liave been
pure, 80 shall he save me.
■ The way of the Lord is pure, and so is his word.
He helps all them that trust in liim.
LESSON IV.
Some men will pass by an ill act, and some will
not: but if we will but fear God, and keep hiii
word, he will not cast us off.
Let all tlie world l'e,\Y tlio Lord.
Flee from vice, and love tliat which is good.
The Ibar of God is with them that love him.
LESSON v.
We have one God, by whom are all things.
The works of man are not like God*s works.
J^linrl what the imni of God says; for he show<<
to yon the way of life.
God shall rid me from my strong foes, and fron
tb.em ,.,<; hale me; for thiy are too strong forme.
LESSON V[.
Go.1 liatli njade my feet like hart's ket, and hi
hath Ht'l me up on high.
O my God, I cry to thee in the day-time, bu»
t!mu dost iK^t hear; and in the niglit I take no rest
We will call on thy name, O Lord, so shall thot
siivi* uh; we will put our trust in thee, and tho
'-♦iit kei.'p us.
TO THE CNGLISn TONGUE.
2»
TABLE IX.
fVords of Five, Sir, ^'c. Letters, viz. 7Vo Voweh and tlu rn$
Consonants; t.hj taller Vowel aen'ni'j anlfj to lemjlhin ih«
sound of the former, except where it ii otherwise marked,
XJRIBE tribe scribe. Globe. Brace clmce grace
place space. Price slice spice tbrico twice.
Spruce. Blade shade spade trade. Chide pride
filido stride. Chafe. Kiiiie strife. Stage. DraJte
flake shake snake stake. Spike strike. Broke
choke smoke stroke.
Scale stale. Smile stile while. Whole. Blame
flame frame shame. Scheme theme. Chime
crime prime slime. ^rn'^e platie. Brine shine
swine thine twine. Drone prone stone throne.
Prune. Crape grape sluipe. Gripe tripe stripe
snipe. Slope.
Glare scare share snare stare. There where.
Spire (shire). Score shore snore store. Chase
(phrase). Close prose (chose close) those (whos?).
Prate scale slate state. Smite spile white. Blote
smote. Flute brute. Brave (rave grave knave
shave slave stave. Drive strive thrive.
Clove grove strove (gloNC shove). (Prove),
Blaze craze glaze graze. Prize. Chance dance
prance trance. Fence hence pence thence whence.
Sense. Mince prince since. Qnce. (Sconce).
Dunce, Badge fadge.
Edge hciliie wedge sledge pledge (\c(]gc. Ridge
T^ixAirit li\tlim
.li?/](rn rrvjirliro frii/Im*.
Range change strange. Hinge singe cringe fringe
KfiB
1^
^ A KEW GUIDE
•wiiigc twinge. Plunge sjiunge. Farce rscarcc).
Hertie verse. Ilorso (worse).
Curse nurse puise. Barge Jarge charge. Scrgo
verge. Forge (gorge). Urgei)urge. lla^tepusto
taste waste. Bailie latlio swathe. Blithe yitbo
tithe writhe. Clothe. Lapse. Halve. Delve hc^lvo
twelve. Carve staive. fccrve swerve. Selves.
WolvcS. Plague viigne. Rogue vogue. Toiigue!
More easy lessons on theforrrjcivg Tahks, comktlng of
\Vord6 not iJicudiiuj Six Lttleis.
OHOW me the right w:;-, O Lord, ai:d guide
me in it.
O think not on my past sins; hut think on mo,
O Lord, for my good.
All the paths of the Lord are truth to such aa
keep his laws.
He that doth love the Lord shall dwell at casa
and his seed shall have tlie land.
r.r:ss()N ii.
Put thy trust in Qoi], and he will help thee.
It is<i good thing to give thanks, and call on
the name of the Lord.
Let us sing psalms to tlie Lord our God.
^ When thou Shalt make a vow to tlie Lord thy
Ood, thou slialt not he slack to pay it.
lEssoN nr.
. That which i3 gon. vut of thy lips, thou shall
Jf^ep : and if a man x,v: lo the Lord, he shall kp*>n
Xtt« OHlh. *
I -^-^v
TO TilE ENOLISIJ T0N(7UE.
^
<JX
Let us stand fast. Let us strive to be good.
Clrar^t' them tliat arc rich in this world, that
Uiey do good, and he ^hid to give.
LESSON IV.
Turn yourselves from all your sins; else God
will whot his sword, inid hend Ids bow.
Lot us ju>l;j;eoursi'l\ es,that G od may uot judge us.
L?t us not »ulLid high things, nor be as those are
who do their \rjrlvfi to be sren of men.
LESSON V.
Tliaulvs be to the L'jrd^ fjr he hath been kind to
nic in a strong place.
Be strouu:, all ve that trust in the Lord.
Fear the Lord, all ve that dwell in tlie world.
The man is bk'st whose trust is in the Lor 1.
Keep thy tongue and thy lips from ill.
LEiuSON VL
See that ye lose not tbose things iliat be good.
The day of Christ is at band ; and he will judge
the world, both ihc quiclv and dead.
We shall all change at the last trump; and all
that are in the grave shal' then come forth, that
God may jndge them.
TABLE X.
ITorda consisfittj of Fire, Six, S^'c. LeUera, viz. a Diphthan^
and the real Comonanls ; exceiil some feio which end in %
final.
X^ Rx\IL snail trail. Claim. Brain chain grain
^;aru stum tniiu spraiii strain. I'juut famt saint
taint. Raise praise. Faith sailh. Heir Ibeip.
B
/-:
■MM
20 A NEW GUIDE
Ebglit freight weight (liciglit). Eighth. Voice
choice. Broil spoil. Joint point. Noise poiso
Moist. Quart. Quick. Quencli. Squib. Squirt
Fraud. Laugh. Caught taught (chaught).
Daunt liauut taunt flauut (vaunt). Cause pause.
Couch pouch vouch crouch slouch (touch). Cloud
proud shroud. Cough trongli (tougli). Plough
slough (dougli tliuugh) (ilirougli). Cught bought
fought nought sought brought ihought (drought).
Monkl (could sliould would). Ounce bounce
pounce- Bound lu)und pound round sjund ground
(wound). Count moiuit. Mourn. Course. House
louse mouse ( ] (;use rouse). Clout doubt scout
shofit spout stout trout sprout. Mouth south
(youth). Fourth. Three.
Beecli speech. Bleed breed speed steed. Cheek
sleek. Kneel steel v.hecl. Green queen screen
spleen. Creep sliocp sleep steep sweep. Cheer
fiteor sneer. Clucse (geese fleece). Fleet sheet
street sweet. IVetb (soelh). Sleeve. Freeze
sneeze squeeze. Blood flood (stood). Proof.
Brook shook. Scb.ool stool (wool). Bloom
broom groom. Spoon swoon. Droop scoop sloop
stoop. Floor. Goose loose (noose choose). Shoot.
Tooth (booth smooth). Each reach preach teach.
Dread trtad ^piead kucad plead. Sheaf. League
Bleak sneak speak squeak (steak).
Realm. DeaJt. Health wealth. Cream dreath
Bteam .stream. Clean glean. Cleanse, Cheap.
'
TO Tin: ENGLISH TON^irC
27
CiOAr shear ineav spear (swear), ^x-aicii. Larl
pearl. Earn leani. Earlh tlcartU (hearth).
Heart. Fleas please lease.
Cease lease crease peace. Ea^st ' cast f-ast least
(breast). Bleat cheat treat wl^eat (^n ut). Sweat
th-cat. Death hrcalli (heath slieatli). Breatlio
Bhealhe v.recUlie. i leave leave weave cleave.
Coach poach roa.-li broach. Broacl. Groan.
Boast roast toast. Float throat (groat). Brief
cliief grief thiel". Niece piece. Fiend (fV'pnd).
Fierce pierce. Field yield shield. Priest. 'Srieve
thieve. Guard, Bruit iruit. Build. Guide*
Guile. Qiilt. Juice. Bruise. Brawl crawd drawl.
Brawn prawn. vScrew slirew strew threw. Throw.
Known thrown (brown clown crown drown frowu>
/
More eanj Lcsf-ons on the foregoing Tabb>.
J[ WILL give thanks to thee, O Lord, with all
my heart; and will praise tiiy name.
1 will praise the name of God willi a song; for
this shall please the Lord.
Serve the Lord with fear, and let your heart stand
In awe of iiini.
He that fears not God is in the way to death.
i,i:ss()N II.
Great is the Lord, and groat is his name.
Seek the Lord while he nu-iy be found: call
upon him wliile he is near.
Trust in the Lord wiili all thy heart.
..'SiKSi;
M-
2i
A NEW GLIDE
I
In tlicc, O Lriil, I luivc put mv trust; let mo
wot l>o put to sliamc; but liclp me, iciicl lliiiie eai
to mc, aiul s:ivo mc
LcssoN irr.
'J'liou, O liOYi], arl llit- thiug ihat I loDg for; tlicu
ai't ir.y hope IVoni my youtli.
let my vnoulli lo lull of t];j jiraiso, that I
may siim- of {] I'v all ihc (-av loi;'!'.
Cast me iioi iVom llice in llie time of age, and
leave mc not wlien my slrcngtli dolli fail me.
1 will p;o foilli in the strength of tlic Lord God,
and will praise thee more and moie.
LCSSON IV.
Thou, O God, hast taught me from my youth up
till now ; and I will tell ol tliy great works.
Great tliiiigs are they, that thou hast done: O
God, who i^ like to thee?
The Lor<i dotli know the way of good men, and
the way of l)iid nun ^hall come Jo nought.
1 did call on the Lord with my voice; and ha
beard mc out of his hill.
LESSON V.
O ye sons of men, how long will ve hate God?
Know this, that the Lord will choose the man that
is good : when 1 call on the Lord, he will hear me.
Sfand in awe, and shi not: search your own iieart
by yourself, and he still.
Pour out your praise to God; and put your trt.^
in the Lord.
4
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUK. 2f
l.CSSON VI.
I H-;:i lay mo down m pcaco, aiul take tax rest. ; for
it is lliou, O Lord, that dost make mc dwell in peaee.
O bear llion my voice, my King and my GoJj
for to tbcc will 1 pray.
My kelp dolh come from God, wko dotk keep
all Ihem tkat are true of heart; and for tliis I will
praise the name of llie Lord most kigb.
4
Some easi, Tl
irhj
A B sence
' * a-corn
ac-tor
ac~t rt'ss
ad-der
ftd-vent
of-ttr
a '-bun
al-so
am-biT
oni busli
un-ocl
a-r,y
ar-b()tir
ait ful
ar-iist
aridi'ss
back-ward
ba-kcr
bal-lad
baiik-er
l)an-tcr
bant-ling
OF DLSSYLLADLES.
TARl.E I.
'orih accent il on the Fhyf Sj/lfnljl{\ whose Spt^^
and Pronnnclafioii ate nenrlij the aai/w.
bap- list
b.ir-lu'r
l);ir-rtl
basli-1'ul
ba»-tt r
lict-tcr
blu'.i-flcr
bor-dor
bo >oni
bii-ir
bi'iiTi-stonc
bro-kfu
buf-rct
biil-tt'i*
caper
co-rot
car- 1 or
clKjf-lilU'll
chain -bir
cbaii-ncl
chap-inau
chap-ter
clTa-tUn
cbat-tcr
cbc'>-:)iit
ibilil-i^b
cbll ilrtu
cbil Iv
cbo|)-)H'r
cliiiri h man
ci-*it'r
cin-iliT
Col Hii
col U'lt
com-t'oj t
COtll-URMit
c. im-'iicice
(o'ii!-i))on
con cord
con-iliitt
conquest
coJi-^i-rve
..I
con-test
con-tratt
f.on-tnte
COll-VlMlt
con-verse
con-vert
cor-ner
cost-ly
crat-ty
cra-zy
crib-bage
cri-er
crii-el
cru()-pcr
cul-iure
tuni-ber
cnl-ler
dar-ling
di-al
di-et
d if- for
din-iu-r
doc-trine
du-er
I
90
do-tagc
A NEW aUTDE
flu-cr.t
prntc-fiil hus band
<lra-per
flu I Jcr
gr...vy
i-cv
dres-ser
li>d-{UT
gni-ty
i-dol
dros-sy
f *'ji-iry
gni-ei
m-fant
drug-get
foMy
gui-let
n I- most
dru<»-<iist
io:)-jii-,h
gun-iier
in-MCt
druiM-mer
f( tv I'Kin
gU(l-^l^ot
i!)>i<{c*
drunk-aid
fotv-t ;stc
gu>-sct
in-stancc
dul-lard
i<>.".»V
gur-rer
in- step
dung-hiil
fran-iic
liaiti-lit
in-to
du-ty
i)v\.i\i\
hain-uicr
in- ward
dy-er
fVo-w.ird
band-ful
i-vy
cdg-ing
flu zcu
liaii-dy
jest-er
el d^.•r
fru- gal
bang. IT
)'ick-ey
em-l)o^s
fu-tl
batig-ir.j>3
jol-ly
em-blfin
fiin.n< 1
bati-sel
judg-ment
cn-ltr
ftir-loDg
ba{)-py
.U'^'-g'^''
Hi-gin.'
gal-liri
bard-hhip
j>i-lap
e-vvn
gai-lof»
bar-dy
ju-ry
«^vil
game-some
liar-lot
ken-nel
ex-tant
gauu'-sler
liar-piT
kir-nel
lac- tor
fag-got
gam-njon
ban s- born
kin-dred
gan-ilcr
b;!r-vei5t
king-donj
Inii-cy "
gar- land
baub-et
knis-nmii
fan- torn
gar-men t ^
btlp-ful
kitcJ>-eo
far-nier
gar- ret
bir-niit
laii-der
fa-tal
gai'-trr
bin-dcr
la-dy
fat-IinjT
gen. try
bind-most
lan-cct
fe-rnale
gi am
bin (ba nee
land-lord
fen-dcr
gib- bet
b.).ly
land-mark
fen-ntl
gip-sy ■
bouie-ly
laiul-fccapc
fer-rct
giini-mcr
bope-ful
lan-lern
<c-ver
glit-lcr
bor-net
lap- pet
lid-dler
glory
hor-iid
lap- wing
fil-l^t
glo>.sy
hor.se- man
lat-ter
fi-nal
glut-ton
hosulttr
la-zy
CIr-ing
god.iy
bu-ntan
le-aaj
rr/\lil f*nr«l%
Vl ■ • t« <') • 4^^
i-,^„
«■ ••'-""^'^
sJiSfi-vi; t-is
;^-v.'-j.f;ji,-
fl«n-nel
grace-tui
bun-ter
li-ar $
(! A '.rr
!:•:■• 'nh
]•■• »r.
I
TO Tin: ENGLISH TONCUE.
lim-ber
lim-ntT
lin-ing
lin-net
li-on
lit-ter
lodg-cr
lof-ty
lone-ly
lone-some
lord-ly
lord- ship
luc-ky
lug-gage
ma-ker
mam-mon
man-f'ul
,nan-ly
nan-na
nanner
tia-ny
nar-gin
nar-ket
na-tron
nax-itn
nt'd-lcy
lem-ber
)er-cy
mil-icr
mil tens
mo diah
mo ment
morn ing
mor tal
mot to
mud i\y
mur mur
nicp-ly
nim-t)io
nino-ty
ninih-ly
num-bcr
nut-meg
of- er
of- (ice
on-set
or-der
or-gan
o-vei*
})a-gan
pain-per
pan-xel
pan-try
pa- per
[)a-pist
j)ar-c-cl
par- don
pa- rents
pars-nip
par- lour
par- rot
parl-nei
par-ty
pal-tern
})ave-mcnt
pt.n-t'd
pt.'n-ny
pep- per
ptr-tect
per-son
pic-ture
pil-ier
pi!-grit:4
]nl-lar
pi=U>t
pi-per
plat-ler
pli-nnt
phi-niage
plum-met
po-et
po!--set
pot-ter
pre-cept
pru-tlent
pup-py
pur-blind
pur-<ha>e
ptir-pose
quai-rel
qiiar-ter
qu!-et
rab-bit
ragged
ra-ker
ran)-mer
ran-d(mi
ran-som
ran-ger
ran-ier
re-al
rec-tor
rem-nant
ren-der
ren-net
ri-der
ri-ot
rob-ber
nil)-bish
ru-by
rugged
ru in
ru-ler
rum- m ago
run-uer
ru
i*"l
31
sad-dler
safely
safe-iy
sal-ver
san-dv
f.ai-clu!
srab-bard
scat-fold
Fcani-per
scau-dul
Rcan-ty
Rcar-let
stot-ter
scol-lop
seorn-ful
sera- per
seul-ier
se-cret
sel-dom ••
sell-ish
sen-tence
ser-mon
i.cr-pent
scr-vant
&ex-lon '
slia-dy
shame-fui
shar-pen
shat-ter
sliil-ling
short-ly
shut-ter
sijT ual
si-lence
fci-lent
-sil-ly
siUvor
sira-per
Bun-pkr
I
1 i
l¥
32
six- fold
six ly
bkil.liil
likin-ny
skip- per
ulan-cItT
slat I em
^Itrj-tier
sli-my
hli}:>-per
sioth-iul
sliig-gard
blllg-giall
»lu«n-ber
slut-lisli
fcmo-ky
^miig-g'er
iinaj)-pisli
«or re I
fiot-iisli
sf)i.cy
8pi-(itT
ppiiMiet
KpiiMjer
6pin->,ter.
spite- ful
fiplen-did
pplen-dour
6piln-ter
FptM-gy
8lag.oer
stain- mer
etar.-di.Nli
stern-ly
slin-gy
sto-ijy
Btop-page
8to[)-per
tto-ry
»lra.-v;c-!y
A NEW GL'IDI::
str.m-gcr
Slloi;g.|y
fetu-dent
felu-jid
sub jeet
sud-cleii
sii-et
sui-lir
sul-leii
eul-ly
sill- try
sun-dir
sup-j;er
SI II- late
Fiir-ly
sur-name
lab- by
tal-lv
tai))e-ly
liin-r,er
ta-per
tap -^ter
t(.r-dy
tar-iii»h
lat-lir
lal-ler
!tni-j)cr
ttn)-j)est
ttii-(kr
teij-dril
lenib-ly
let-ier
tikuiik-i'nl
{ber(-iore
lluisb-er
ibnad-bare
tiiun-dtr
tjiiic-ly
ti dh^^
til-'njrc
tiiij-lur
tiii-der
toii-nagc
tor-uu 111
toi-ieijt
U ry
to-tJ
tra-(!er
trur.>-| ort
til i)( h-er
tri-id
trot-lers
trii-iint
tni-ly
triMh.pct
tulip
tuni-bler
lU-llitllt
tun-iul
till -key
lur-nip
liii-r.ir
tllMl-Jtikc
tlnl>.^lile
tii-ior
va-(uiit
\a-grant
val iiy
viii iiisli
va ry
vel-liini
N el- vet
Mil 111 10
vei-n.iii
ves M i
vic-iim
V in- 1 age
vi |:t r
vii gill
vi lid
vo cnl
viil-jrar
ud tier
lio.jy
111 lep
in <!tr
Utl-t(i
I'p |;cT
up->ii()t
iii-niott
uuur
iise-lul
w.'1-b.r
wy.gcs
^vaki-jiil
U,'ill-U)|)
wa ti I (J bo
var-like
War- til lit
va>j) i.^h
\va>ie-ful
wtd-d in»F
ueJ-liirc
wot-ern
we>i ward
wei-slu.d
\\bail-agc
vbei-i^
vliMi.-M'y
wlii.s-pcr
wil-lul
\Ml-llng
viu-lir
\M>-d<>in
Mo-iul
Wonh lc;<
W(ir iliy
yi !i eler
IP
TO THT: ENGLISH TONUt'E.
33
•f
Some easy Lesxotis en Ihe fvrnjo'tng Tahhs, consisttPf} of
IV Of (Is not exceed in ij tivo Syllables,
LliSSON I.
It is God that girdetli me with strength of war,
aud maketh my way perfect.
He makelh my ieet like hart's feet, and setteth
me up on liigli.
Mv foes sliall crv, but there shall be none to lielp
them : yea, even unto the Lord shall they cry, bat
he shall not hear them.
For this cause will I give thanks unto thee, O
Lord, and sing praise unto thy name.
- LESSON II.
Unto thee, O Lord, will I lift up my soul: mj
G»wl, I have put my trust in thee.
Lead me lorlh in thy truth, and learn'me; for
ilwu ai 'he God of my health: in thee hath been
my hope all the day long.
Call to mind, O Lord, thy tender mercy, which
hath been of old.
The secret of the Lord is with them that fear
him ; and he will show them his law.
LKSSON III. '
Hear my voice, O Lord, when I cry unto thee;
have mercy on me, and hear me.
O hido not thou thy face from me; nor cast thy
servant from thee in tliy wrath.
Teach me thy way, O Lord, and lead me the
right way.
O mv soul, wait thou on the Lord; be strong*
r -J
""'■^^'^S^'^^PPPP!'^'
:ii
A NEW OJl&E
mul he shall comfort thy heart; and put thou ihj
trust hi the Lord.
I^KSSON IV. .
Unto tlicc will I i^ry, O Lord, my strength.
Thiuk no scorn on mo, lest, if ihou nuilve as though
thou didst not hear, I be made like them that go
•down ijito tlio pit.
llic Lord is my strength and my shield; my
heart hath trusted in him, and I am helped: there-
fore my h< art dauceth for joy, and in my song will
1 praise him,
LESSON V.
I sought the Lord, and he h<^ard me; yea, ho
Mtved me out of all my fear.
O taste and see how good the Lord is: hlessed
is the 111 an that trusteth in him.
O fear the Lord, ye tliat are his saints; for they
that fear him want no good thing.
Tlie lions do want and suiFer much; but they
who seek the Lord, shall want no manner of thing
that is good.
What man is ho tliat lusteth to live, and would
fain see good days ?
Keep thy tongue from evil, and thy lips that they
speak no guile . -
The eyes of the Lord are over good men, and
he doth hear them when they pray.
The Lord doth save the souls of his servants j
and all they that put their trust in hhn, shall U4>1
want help. .
4
V*
r
r
TO Till: i:NGMsn tonguc.
ad
>U UlJ
engf]
[hovigh
liat go
d> my
there-
ng will
xa, ho
blessed
for they
[It they
)f thing
would
lat thev ,
)ii, and
rvantsj
i
' TABl.K U.
^o.'do eaented w. Ihc Fin^l S,/!!nUe:lhr' Spelling and V,o-
nnncialion being (iijetrnl.
bu-si
4 L-so
-^ * al-wnys
nm-])le
nti'cle
an"ger
np-ple
bri'Manco
bare- foot
beast- !y
Ik I -fry
hel-low
bird-lime
Id'.ihop
blc"niis!i
bloo'dy
bluster
hon-fire
honnd-lfss
braw-ny
i)rcatli-lcss
brew -or
brew -house
brew -is
l)ric!v-kiln
l>ridc-£rroom
hride-uiaivl
bri«;f-ly
briglit-ness
I MM h- lie
brit-ilo
bru theJ•
buc-kle
Ijuck-raiii
l)jiJd-cr
l>u'ry
busli^i.1
shy
bus-lie
ca-ble
ca"mtl
cap- lain
care-ful
carc-lcss
cen-surc
chal-dron
cba"pel
char-coal
chiap-en
cheese- c.ike
che"rish
chil-blain
child-hood
cho'Tic
clio-rus
chri".sten
chy"iuist
cistern
ci'ty
cla"niour
clean-ly
clear-ly
el V'^et
cob-bler
cheap-ness
co' met
co"lt)ur
co'liimn
com-rade
eon jiire
copy
C(»"ver
coun-sel
coun-tcr
coun-ty
cou"ple
cou'rage
cre"dit
cre'vice
crew-et
criek-et
crus-ty
crys-lal
cup-board
cus-tom
dai-sy
dai ry
da"inage
da"mask
daught-er
dead-ly
deaf-en
dear-ly
debt-or
de'vil
dex-trous
dim-pie
dir-ly
dis-tance
dis-tant
doc-tress
dou ble
doubl-ful
down-right
do'zen
draij-gle
dri ven
drow-sy
du"sky
du"sty
ea-glc
ea-glet
earUdotn
earlh-ly
ear 'thy
ear-wig
e'cho
eight-fold
eighih-lv
eish-ty
ei-lher
cn-traiU
e"ver
evc-bro-ar
eye-Bigh'
e)e-sore
fair-ly
fai-ry
faith-fut
fa"mine
fa'niish
fa-ther
fa''thom
fat-ten
fa.vour
fault-less
faul ty
fear-less
fea"ther
fea-ture
fid-die
(ierce-ly
1! t I k I i V
w
fi"gure
ila"gon
^
fkni-1)cau
llaa-kil
fla-voiir
flaxen
florid
♦bn-dle
foot-pace
t'oot-slep
I'o reign
foie-ihoiiht
fbr-tr(s9
toun-der
four scor.;
foiirih-l^y
irail-fy
frcc-klc
Irvc-klcd
fretk-ly
free- hold
tice-!y
trce-xtoue
friiiui-ly
friend- !fs^
Jntl»t-en
tro'lic
j'r(.>->y
tnriliv
7ruit-lul
tni^-trale
Tfiiti-ful
^;H iher
^i.> fure
glu)ft-ly
>i;ib-l( f^
gin- ':V
giv-cr
A NLW (iUIDE
glis-tcn
<^()od-ne.ss
govern
grace- less
graii-deur
grand-son
gra"vel
grea-sy
great- ness
griev-ous
^rist-lv
gro'gram
groutul-lc
grum-Mj
gu:it-}es>
gui'nea
|ja"l)it
has-bock
llM 'V{5C
h.'iut-boy
hcaiili-iul
heal-ihy
licarl-en
licnrt-k>»
liear-ty
lua-ilitn
lua"\y
h('(cl-leS3
licir-e>s
hi<'l»-lv
high- way
hij.-glcr
hi'lher
lu)a-ry
ho" mage
I o' nest
h()>t-if>8
lionr Iv
hiuu-bie
hun-dred
hun"gcr
hun"gry
hus-ky
i 'mage
in-sight
jaun-dice
jcw-el
jour-nni
joy- (id
juice-less
Kind-ncss
kna \i>\\
knight -hood
knock-cr
knovv"lcdge
knuc-kle
lan'guage
languid
lea I her
le'vel
light-er
li'niit
liquid
ii'(ju{>r
lu-cie
his-ire
hi.s ty
ma dam
nia'gic
nin"licc
man-gle
niap.-lio(>d
nias-tiff'
niaU'h-less
nua'hiire
jr,t'n->fe3
nie ion
niL"r»t
mc"thod
migii-ty
niin"gle
mis-chief
mi' stress
mo"dern
mo' d est
mo'i reh
nK.n-strous
nio'iher
mouih-ful
moun-tain
niourn-ful
mus-cle
nius-ket
mu^-hn
ujus-tard
mus-icr
nnrnt-lcia
nas-iy
naugh-ty
mtd ful
r.eigh-bt;ur
nci-ihi r
never
r.oi- sy
nose-gay
no' thins:
no' vei
oat -meal
fiad-lock
|)a»n-phlet^
pas-lime
pas- try
pas-turc
pas-ty
pea cock
pea- hen
pcer-es8
[)eer-less
TO THE ENGLISH TONCiUE.
pf nnrit'c
yv stfi'
|ila iH't
plun-tuii)
plea saiit
plea sure
poi-son
jjos Hire
praUlle
|)veacl«.cr
prill-cess
pro diice
pro duct
pntf-fer
pro"grcss
pro mise
pro spect
pro"spcr
ps:al;i»-ist
psal-ler
pu tiisli
puz-zle
quk'k-cn
<piick-ly
ram-ble
ra"j)i(i
rat-lie
ra vcl
read-er
If bel
re 1 uge
re'liih
rest-less
rhcu-barb
ri-fle
ri"f^ur
ri \)t'\\
ri"scn
li'ver
li vet
rock-er
ro-gui.'<h
riili-er
r(>"}^in
ruiigl\ ly
ruf fle
iia lad
sa]"mon
£ani-plc
sa'lin
sau-ccr
sau-cy
sau-t.age
f,aw-yer
scho'iar
scis-sars
scril)-ble
bcuf-fle
.seamless
slia"(low
fchal-iow
show-tr
sic-kle
sick-ness
iiini-p!e
si" new
Kin gie
bkew-er
snujg-gle
soft, en
&o liii
»oo-iy
pouth era
8pan''gic
speak -cr
spec-kle
r.pi"goi
Rpi nage
spi'rit
spii-tle
spngbt-ly
star-tlo
sta tiitc
btea'tly
stee-ple
8ti-Hc
stock-ings
fetraigbt-en
slraigbt-ly
straigbt-way
slrcam-er
6lrenglh-en
«uc-kie
sup-pie
sure-ly
sure-ty
uwar-ihy
SJ*'ea"ty
sweep-cr
8\veei-nes3
la-bie
tay-lor
la Ic nt
la loll
tatj'gle
till- lie
ta"vcrn ^
tenipt-er
le"nant
tex-lure
ibalcb-er
thick-en
thiev-i&h
thir-ty
87
tho rough
ibreot-cii
tbred-dUi
ihrow-fiter
tic-kle
tiik-H«h
li-ger
li.gres*
till' k^
tip- pie
irai-tor
trea-ty
tre blc
trcs-pa*»
tri'bute
troo-per
trou' ble
twink-lin^
va' lue
ve nom
vir-juice
\ i'sagc
vir-tuc
vi Vit
up-rigbl
V aist-cimt
wal-nut
wa-ter
vvcal-lby
wea-rv
wca-ver
wed-lock
wtigh-iy
wbu"tht*
V beel-er
where-fore
whirl-pooi
wbiri-wiuu
whit-low
Vfick-«d
%
:«8
wuu'tly
A NtW GUIDE
work-man
worm-wcod
wor-btcd
wraii
■gle
wra|)-per
wri's-ile
wrist-band
wruur
you 1 1), fill
zealot
zea luus
.Mort cnu/ Lessons en the forei^vimj Tables, cofnisthftj of
* IVonls not pxcnilhii/ tiro S)/llablcs,
^ JJ'IS.^O.N I.
I WILL (ilwjiys give lliiiiika luito llio Lord: hw
pniis^ sljull cvcv le m my inovAh.
My soul .-hull lEalic licr 1 cast in ll:e L<rd: ibc
humble that licar it J:lali le glad.
ii)raise ihe Lord with iiic; aud hi us bless bia
imiiio always.
1 sougbt llie Lord, aud lie litard u.c; yea, ho
saved mo out of all my fear.
LESSON If.
The augol of iho Lord stiiudelh round ihem that
ferir him, and savclh tiicm.
The Lord doth ouk^r a good man's going, and
inahetli his way jdeasant to him.
Though he fall, le shall not he cast offj for the
Lord keepeth him.
The Lord is nigh unto them tliat are of a con-
trite heart, and will save such as be of an humblo
Spmt. '^ LFSSOK III.
Thy mercy, O Lord, reachcth unto the heavens^
SnA thv triitb Ditto thi^ r>1niid».
^ "••' --'V "" —
Thou, O Lord, shalt save both man aud beast
How great is thy mercy, God! aud the chil-
14
■»W aH | WMI». WipW I' UW W TO ifW!*^
so
'I
Tk
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
dxcn of meu shall put their trust iiiulcr the sl.adovr
of thy \vin'j;s. , . .
For wilii Ihcc is the well of hie; aim m thy
liuht shall we see li|i;ht.
LK.SSChN IV.
Have morcv on me, O Lord, fur 1 nm weak;
O Lord, heal ino, U my hones are vexed.
My soul also is sore tiouhled; hut. Lord, how
iouff wilt thou punish me?
Turn thee, O L-.id, and save my soul; O save
me for thy mercies sake.
For in death no man doth think on thee; and
who will give thanks in ihe pit?
LKSSON V.
O clap your hands, all ye people: O sing ^uto
God with the voice of joy. ' ,,.,,"
For the Lord is high, and to he feared: he is the
crcat King over all the earth.
God is gone up ^^it]l a merry noise: and the
Lord with the sound of a trum-p,
O sing praises, sing praises unto our Go(L U
wiijr praises, sing praises ^mto our Kmg.
* ^ f,KSSON VI. '
A wicked doer gixclh heed to false lips; and a
liar giveth ear to a naughty tongue.
Childrcn\s children are tho awn of old men;
and the -hivv of children are theiv fathers.
Let a hear, rol-^-d oi her ^^hell^^, meet a mau,
itither than a fool iu his lolly. ^ ^
t . -s- -t -^^■.v-.rttH Ilia* •
He that is fiv.-t isi iii« "«"'» li"'-''' . ^i-c""•"■ r-"-'
bat bis iieigbVo-- wir.clli mid seanhetb bim. t»
r t
4Q
A NEW GUIDE
1
TABLE IF.
1
The accent of the following
Words is o-n the Second Syllmbu 1
A -BASE
^ ab-hor
ap-prove
blas-pheme
de-coy 1
a-rise
bvi-reau
de-ccase 1
a-bide
a r- rest
ca-nal
de-duce I
a-bcut
a'scend
ca- rouse
de-duct 1
a-broad
a"spire
col-lect
de-fect 1
ab-rupt
a' 6 1 ray
com-nience
de-fend 1
ab-&ent
a-tone
cum plaitx
de-fence 1
ab-so[ve
at-iaek
t'j>ni plaint
de-fcr 1
ab-surd
at-fempt
com-p(ni!Hi
di-fy
ac-cept
at- 1 ire
com- pel
de-fin<
dc-quirc
a-vati
com-ply
dc-fonn
ad-dict
a-vengo
com -pose
de-fhiud
ad-dresi
a-void
coni-pute
de-gradc
ad-journ
a- wait
con-ccit
de-lir^ht
ad-niit
a-wake
con-cert
de-nole
a-dore
a-\v;i^'
con-duct
de-pai t
1
a-dorn
bc-eause
con- fine
de-p«i!:t'
1
ad-vaiij'
be-eome
con-found
de-piest
a-f'ar
be-foie
con-front
de-init:tf I
af-fair
be-lVa-nd
t'on-f'ube
de-live "m
af.fi rm
be-oin
con-jvire
de-scribe 9
af-f right
be- have
con-htraint
de-sire fl
«-gaiiist
be- head
consume
de-spite 1
a-larm
l;e-ht)id
con-tempt
de-spond 1
a-likc
he- lie r
* con-lend
de-htroy i
de-lcct 1
al-lude
be-lieve
ton- tent
a-iorre
bc-bng
con-iemn
de-tcst II
a-maze
bc-love
ccn-vey
de-vise ■
a-n»end
be-nealh
cor-rect
dj-rcct 1
a- mends
bc-night
cor-rupt
dis-arm 1
a-n)idsi
bequeath
crc-ate
dis-band 1
a-njong
he-set
de-bar
dia-burse 1
a- muse
be- side
de-crit
dis-cai'd 1
a-noint
bt->ptak
de-ceive
dis-ciaim
a-part
fje-lwixt
de-cide
dis-counl
ap-proach
bc-waii.
cLe-ciare
dis-cours«
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
di»-joTnt
clis-like
dis-bdge
dis-may
dis-miss
dis-own
dis-pel
dis-place
dis-ptay
dis-posc
dis-praise
dis-prove
dis-robe
dis-sent
dis-serve
dis-taste
dis-linct
dis-tort
dis-tract
dis-trust
dis-turb
dis-use
di-vert
di-vine
dra-goon
ef-fcct
C'-lope
eni-halm
<ni-bark
em-broil
e-mii
en-camp
en-chant
cn-close
en-croach
en-dcar
en-doise
en-dure
en.fbrce
tn-gage
en-joy
en-largc
en-iage
en-ricb
en-rol
en-slave
en-sue
en-sure
cn-thral
en-ibrone
en-tice
en-lire
cn-trcat
e-spouse
L'-vadc
c-vent
e-vinee
cx-alt
ex -eel
ex-cise
ex-cite
ex-claim
ex cuse
ex-em pt
ex-ert
ex-ist
ex-pand
ex-panse
cx-i>end
ex-plode
ex- pose
ex-tend
ex-torl
ex-tract
ex-treme
fif-tecn
fore-arm
tore-seen
fore-show
fore-speak
fore-think
for-get
for-sworn
four-teen
ful-fil
gaUant
ga-zette
hencfsfortb
here-by
here-in
here-of
him -self
im-brue •
im-i»erse
im-burse
immense
im-pair
im-pale
im-plant
im-pend
im-press
im-print
im-prove
in-cite
in-crease
in-cur
in-dent
in-dulge
in-feet
in-l"est
in- firm
in-ftict
in-flan?e
in-tuse
in-graft
in-graie
inject
in-snare
in-slil
41
m-struct
in-tense
in-lriguo
in-trude
in-trust
in- verse
in- vert
in- vest
in-vite
mis-chance
mis-count
mis-deed
mi?:-doubl
mis-give
mis-hap
mis-lt^ad
niis-iike
mis-name
mis-pend
mis-place
mis-print
mis-rule
mis-take
mis-trust
mo-lest
mo-rose
neg-lect
nine-teen
ob-struct
ob-tain
oc-cur
of-fence
o-niit
op-prest
out-do
out»live
out-strip
par-take
pear-maiA
per-forcft
,i#^WI^wsiwi
I i
42
piT-mit
|>er-spire
j)tr-tain
pcr-vers-'
per- vert
po-lite
})or-.tend
pre-dict
pre-pare
pre- vail
pre-scribe
pre-serve
pre-lend
pro-jeci
pro-mote
])ro-nounce
pro- pose
pro-pound
|wo-rogue
protect
pro-test
pur-loin
pur-suit
re-bale
re-buke
re-cant
re-ceipt
ve-cile
re-cliue
re-course
re-duce
re-fer
re-fit
re-gain
re-joicd
re-late
A NEW GUIPE
re-ly
re-mark
re-Qiiiid
remit
re- pair
re-pass
re-plete
re-pose
re-press
re-prieve
re-print
re-pulse
re-prove
re-strain I
re-sume
re- tail
re- tract
re-trenclj
re-vere
re-volve
re-ward
ro-bust
ro-niance
scru-toire
se-dan
se-duce
se-lect
sha-lot
six-tcen
sub-ject
sub-join
sub-liaie
sub-mit
sub-orn
sub-ti act
su-pine
BUD-DOS '
--* I - -
su-prenie
sur-4[nount
sur-pass
sur-vey
sur-vive
sus-pense
ihem-selves
there-of
thir teen
tra-duce
trans-act
tran"scend
I ran "scribe
trans-form
trans-gress
trans-late
trans-plant
trans- port
trans- pose
tre-pan
un-apt
un-arm
un-bar
un-bend
un-bind
un-bolt
un-clasp
un-clothe
un -close
un-cut
un-dres8
un-fair
un-fit
un-fold
un -found
un-gain
uU'Slae
un-hasp
un-heard
un-hinge
un-book
un.iiorse
un-hurt
un-kind
un-lace
un-like
un-lock
un.tnade
un-inan
un-mask
un-paid
un-rij:>e -^
un-safe %
wn-say
un-shrew
un-seen
uu-taught
un-leach
un-lie
un-true
un-trulh
un- twist
up-on
where-as
vvbere-at
uhere-by
wbere-in
where-to /
where-with
with-al
with-draw
with-in
with-out
with-stand
&
it
TO THK ENGLISH TONGUE.
^8
I.
More ea.y Lessons on tUe foregoing ^«^f > ^"^^'^'"'^ '^
Words not exceeding Two Syllables,
LESSON I.
The wicked Imtl. said in his heart, Tush on. •
God doth forget; he hideth away his face, and 1«
will never see it. , . , i r
Arise, O Lord God, and lift up thine hand ; for-
ttet not the poor. ,
Wherefore shouhl the wicked blaspheme God
while he doth say in his heiurt, Tush, thou, God,
carest not for it?
LESSON II.
I will rejoice in thee ; yea, my songs will I make
of thy name, O thou Most High. / , .,
■ I will show all thy praises withm the ports of the
daughter of Sion: I will rejoice in thy savn.g
'"xhe Lord is known to do judgment: the wicked
is trapped in the work of his own hand.
LESSON III. *
A man's heart doth devise his way: but the
Lord doth direct his steps.
A divine sentence is in the lips of the king.
His mouth doth not transgress in judgment.
A just weight and balance are the Lords: all
li,e weights of the bag ai-e his work. ■
The highway of the upright is to depart from
evil: he that keepeth h^s xvay ootn prcsei.. -^
«oal.
\.
'-'(««jWTJ6*a»*ii*^ne«»«*SfSf»*l.«>i'
44 A NEW GUIDE
LESSON IV.
The wicked man shuttelh his eyes to devise fro*
ward things; mo\iiig his lips, lie briiigeth evil to
piiss.
The hoary head is a crown of glor^*', if it !)•
found in the way of goodness.
Ho that is slow to anger, is better than th«
mighty ; and he that ruleth his spirit, than he that
taketh a city. ^
LESSON V. ^
my soul, thou hast said unto the Lord, Thou
art my God, my goods are nothing unto thee.
All my delight is upon tl.e saints that are in the
earth; and upon such as excel in virtue.
1 will thank the Lord for giving me warning:
my reins also chasten me in tlie night season.
I have set God always before me; for he is on
my right-hand, therefore I shall not fall.
LESSON vr.
Tlie Lord is my shepherd ; therefore I can lack
nothing.
He shall (q^^ me in a gi'een pasture, and lead
me forth beside the waters of comfort.
Thou shalt prepare a table before me, against
tliem that trouble me : thou didst anoint my head
witli'oil, atid my ciip shall be full.
But thy loving kindness and mercy shall follow
me all the days of mv life: and I will dwell iu llw
house of lh<! Lord for ever.
i
£
t
i
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
ise fro*
evil to
if it U
aD the
lie that
>
I, Thou
BC.
e in the
arning:
)n.
3 is on
an lack
id lead
against
»y head
follow
I ill ilto
■T
Words of Th
\ B -so-hitc
* * ab-sli-nence
flc-ti-on
ad-jco-tiv^
ad-'nju'al
af-ter-ward
ns-ijra-vate
al-der-niaa
al-ma-nac
al-plia-bet
a ni-nial
a ni-inate
an nu al
ap-pe-tite
ar-li-choke
ar-ti-ficc
a-lhe-ist
ba'che lor
bai-b.i rous
ba roil et
bat \}c tlore
be<r ^!i ry
be"ne-rit
be vcr age
bit itT ness
blanie a ble
bias phe mon?
bias plK' my
book-st'll-cr
boun-le-ous
bro lliei-lioud
bu'si-ly
bul-che'ry
but-lcr-ily
but-ic"ry
ca li-co
can-di-daie
TABLE I.
ree Sf/!lables, accented
can-dle-slick
ca n'« ster
ca-pa-ble
ca ra-way
care-fvil-i»ess
carc-lcss-ly
car-pc'ii-ter
car-ii-age
car-ri-er
ca le-chism
ca"iho-lic
ca«»-ti-<>us
cc'le-brale
ccr-lain-ly
ccM-ti-fy
chan-ce'ry
changc-a-ble
. char»;e-a-blc
cha rac-UT
chas-iise nient
clias-ti.ty
clucv-iuUly
cbcese-morj'ger
clu) co-latc
cl»()'lcr-i'j
chri bten-ing
cih-na-nion
Lir-cu-lur
cir-cmn-stancc
clcan-li-ness
clc men-cy
. do ihi-cr
CO ;iK'-dy
co'nji-cal
coiu-moii-ct"
coin~pa-ny
coii-ti-dt-nce
on the I it at
con-fi-dent
con-ju-rer
con-stan-cy
con-tra-ry
CO ve-tous
coun-seUlor
cu-ra-cy
cu-ri-ous
cus-tom-er
dan-ger-ous
de so-late
dc spe-rate
dc sti-tutc
di-a-tnond
dig-ni-fy
dif-fbr-cnc?
dit'-fer-ent
di' H-gent
di n»i-ty
di'M-dend
dra-pe'ry
drop-si-cal
drow-si-ness
drunk-cn-ness
du-ra-ble
du-li-fui
cat-a-blc
e le-gance
c' lo-qiieiJce
cni-bas-sy
c mi-nence
cni-pe-ror
e ne-my
cu-nii-iy
e"pi-taph
c-(]oai-i^c
even ing
46
e ve-ry
e'vi-dent
ex-cel-Ient
ex-er-cise
fac-to-rjr
fa cul-iy
*ailh.fui.ly'
fal-si-fy
ra"mi.Jy
fnn-ci-ful
fa- 1 her- less
fa-vour-ite
fttl-low-ship
fif'-ti-elh
fi-nal-ly
fi nish-er
fir-nia-ment
fish-e ry
fish-er-raan
fluc-tii-ato
fol-low-er
i'ool-e"ry
for-ci-ble
fo reign-er
fo'rest-er
for-mal-ly
for-irier-Jy
for-ii-tude
for-tu-nate
frac-ti-on
ire-quen-cy
ftight-ful-ly
iri vo-lous
fruit-er-er
fu ri-ous
(ur-ihtr-more
gal-JaiU-ry
gai-ie-ry
ge iic-rai
gen-tle-man
A NEW GUIDE
gin-ger- bread
gla-zi-cr
gk)_ri-fy
glo-ri-oiis
glut-to-hy
go vern-e.ss
go"vern-or
grace-fuMy
gra-ci-ous
gra du-al
gra na-ry
grand-fa'-lhcr
grand-mo-ther
grate-ful-ly
gra vi-ty
gra-zi-cr
groc-di-ly
grid-i-ron
griev-ous-iy _
gro-ce-r^'
guar-di-«,a
gun-ne-ry
half-pen-ny
hand-kcr-chief
liap-pi-ness
har-ino-ny
ha zard-ous
hear-ti-Iy
hea' ven-Iy
hea vi-ness
he'rald-ry
herb-al-kt
he r-m it-age
he si-tate
hi sto-ry
hi ilier-mobt
hi t her- to
hor-ri-ble
ho-hi-er
no s
pi-tal
house-hold-er
hu-mo-rst
hu-iTior-ous
hu-nior-s<>m«
hur-ri-cane
h US-ban d-umn
hy'po-cfite
ig-no-ranc^
im-p .
im-pu rt.
in-cJi-gence
in-di-go
in-do-lent
in-dus-try
in-fa-nv:)U8
in-fa rny
in-fan cy
in-fer ence
in-fi-del
in-flu-ence
in-hold er
in-ju ry
in- no cence
in-so lence
in-stru-ment*'
in-te-ger
in-ti-mate
in-ward ly
i-vo ry
jea'lou sy
jes sa mine
jewel ler
jo"cii-Jar
jol li-ty
journal ist
ju-ni-per
ju'sli fy
kinS-Wii in«in
knave rv
land 1,
\i\]
d-er
t
us
>m«
le
uian
:e
e
TO
l.i ti lu(^e
laud a ble
la ven-vler
ice tur-cr
le'g'a cy
Ic gi ble
lo l!»ar-gv
li a ble
li be-ra\
li bcr ty
likc-ll-howl
U ta-ny
li tur fry
live li hDOi\
li ve ry
iot-te ry
U)\v er mo>.l
lu-di-crous
111 mi- nous
la na-ey
lus-ii-^ly
niac-ke rel
ma gi straU
iiiag-m fy
nui jes ly
niain-te-nat.ce
mala dy
ma ni-fold
man ner-ly
ma li gold
mar jo ram
mar rl age
n«ar tyr-dom
mar vel-lous
me di-cine
me di-tate
me mo-^ry
me«-ei-iul
mer-ci-less
mcs-sen-gcr
THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
47
migh ti ly
mil-b ner
mil-li on
ou"ni stry
mi ra-cle
mi se-ry
moc-ke ry
mo"nii-inent
move-a-ble
moun-t(?-bank
mul-btr-ry
muUi-tude
iia-ti-on
na'tu ral
nec-ta-rine
ne'ga-tive
neg-li-gi^'nce
nig-gai d-ly
night-in-gale
nine-li-elh
norlh-er-ly
no-ta-bly
nou' rish-mcnt
nu-me-ral
nun-ne-ry
niir-se-ry
o"bli-gate
ob-sti-nate
ob vi-ate
oc-cu-py
of-fer-ing
Q"ni-on
o-pe-ra
o-pe-rate
o-pi-um
or-der-ly
or-gan-ist
o ri-fice
() ri-gin
or-na-ment
o-ver-lK)artl
out-er-mosl '
pa"ra-ble
pa-rent-age
part-ner-ship
pas-sen-ger
pas-si-on
pass-o-ver
pas- tu- rage
pa-li-ent
pa-tri-arch
pen-du-lum
pen-si-on
pe-ri-od
per-qui-site
per-se-cute
pes-ti-lent
pet-ti-coat
pew-ter-er
pi"ge-on
pi-e-ty
pil-lo-ry
pi ti-ful
pla"ster-er
plen-ti-lul
por-ren-ger
poul-ter-er
po' ver-ty
powerful
pre"ci-ous
pre"sent-ly
pro"di-gal
pro sper-oui
pro' vi-dence
psalm-o-dy
pub-li-can
pu'nish-ment
qua li-ty
quan-ti-ty
quar-reUsom«
9'
■■'m<fm'm^-
i:
4^
, <]Mar-tcr-age
quar-ttT-ly
qucs.ti.on
ra-ii-ty
rasp-ber ry
ra ti-fy
rea'(li-ly
rcc-kon-inff
re'com.pense
rc-crc-ate
rcc-to-rv
Hi-
re ler-cMicc
re gis try
re'gii-lar
re "^u-latc
re'rnc'-dy
re 'pro- bate
re' .^i-(Knce
re'si-diie
re so- lute
re' vor-cnce
rlie to-ric
rlKni-ma-lisni
ri (li-cule
righr-L'-ous
ri go- roll 3
ri-ouous
r(jb-be ry
rosi'-jiui-ry
rol-ti'n-iK'ss
rus-sit innr
saVin-ii'tiit
Banc-ti-on
ijanf-ii-l'y
»a tis-fy
^can-(^al-ous
^car-l•i-ly
HCa M'tl-"CI'
hCiM |;ti-!ou9
ic cosid-ly
A NEW GUIDE
SO di-ment
sen-si-bie
sen-ti-meiit
se pa -rate
se'piil-clire
se-ri-ous
set-ile-ment
se ven-ty
sil-la-bub
M new-y
sin gu-lar
six-ii-elb
ske le-ton
sla-ve-ry
slip-pe-ry
so loniH-iy
&ol-(li-cr
so li-tude
sor-row.ful
so vcr-eijrn
spcc-ta-cle
Slew. ard -ship
straw-l)er-ry
stiir-ge-on
sub-sii-iute
sump-iu-ous
SLir-gi'-on
taii-ia-lize
ta-pe"stry
lead) -a blc
te-di-ous
te le scope
teni-pe-rate
tei!i-po-ral
tc ne-nient
Icr-ri-ble
tcr-ri-fv
tc's^fa^p.icnt
les-ti-fy
lliir-ii-eth
tow-ard-ly
traci-a-ble
tra gedy
ira'vel-ler
trea che-ry
trea sur-er
tria sii-ry
troii ble-soau
trum-pct-er
tweii li-elh
ty ran-ny
vu"li-ant
va'iii-ty
ve-he-mcnce
ve iii-son
ven-lu re-some
ver-l)al-ly
verily
ver-^i-oii
vic-io-ry
v»w' lu-als
vi'gi-lant
vi'go-rous
vi ne-gar
vi-o-lence
vir-iu-ous
vi'sit-er
un dcr-band
un-der-most
u-ni-form
use-ful-ness
ul-!er-ly
wa"gt)n.er
var-ii-or
wea-ri-ed
uea-ri-somc
wli,ir[ in-ffer
v»ic-k-e(.Unr?s
wil-dcr-ncss
won-iier-lul
s,
TO THP. ENGLISH TONGUE.
49
Some eaaj Lessons oi the forei/ning Tables, comiitinj of
Words not exceeding Three Syllables,
LESSON f.
Rejoice in the Lord, O ye righteous; for it
doth become v^ell the just to be tliankfuL
Praise the Lord with hai-p; sing praises unto
liim with the lute, and instruments af ten strings.
Sing unto the liord a new song; sing praises
lustily unto him with a good courage.
For the word of the Lord is true; and all his
works are faithful.
i
LESSON II.
A viJ'lhous woman is a crown to he^shusband:
but she that hath no shame is as rottenness 'n his
bones.
The liimd of the diligent shall bear rule: but
Uie slotliful shall be under tribute.
' The righteous is more excellent than his neigh-
bour: but the way of the wicked doth seduce
them.
LESSON lie.
I will magnify thee, O God, my King; and I
will praise thy name for ever and ever.
Every day will I give thanks unto thee, and
praise thy name for ever and ever.
Great is the Lord, and marvellous; worthy to
be praised : there is no end of his greatne^.
rhe Lord is loving io ev^iy man ; an-
mis
in over all his work<
Jb»
G
"\
xo
A NEW CriDE
LKSSON IV.
A king tliat sittclli- in tlio llirone of judgment,
scatteretli away all evil with his eyes.
y /I'here is gold and a multitude of rubies j but
'the lips of knowledge are a ])rccious jewel.
Bread of deceit is sweet to a man; but after-
wards his jnouth shall be filled witli gravel.
Say not thou, I will recompense evil; but wait
on the Lord, and he shall save tlu e,
LESSON V. ,
The Lord is lij^hteotts in all his wiiys, and holy
in ail his. works ►
^., The Lord is nigh unto Mjl^thcm that t.dl upon
him ; yea, all such as call upon him faithfully.
He will fulfil the desire of them that fear him:
he also will hear their cry, and will h^ them.
The Lord doth preserve all thei^ that love him;
but scattereth abroad all the wicked men.
LESSON vr.
The robbery of the wicked shall destroy them ;
because tliey hate judgment.
• tThe wicked shall be a ransom for the riKhteou.-? •
and he that doth transgress, for the uprig..t.
^t A -wise man scaleth vhe cily of tlie mighty, and
caetetli down the strength and confidence thereof.-
^-- The slothful coveteth oTcedilv all the dav ionP"*
K?*
but the righteous giveth, and spaieth not*
J*W. ] awkp:
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
'T-QN
51
TAIiLt II.
gment, I l^^m accent of ihcfoUu'.vinj words is on the Second SyllabU.
\.Bun-flancc
otl-mo nish
amend-rnciit
a-no ihcr
a j)o sile
ap-pa rtl
np- pa rent
ap-pcar-ance
aj)-pjn-dix
ap-prcn-lice
arch-an-fTcl
arch-lu bhop
as-si'iii'ljlc
al-teixl-ance"*
be-g t-ten
be-hoKl-eii
hlas-phe-mcr
com-maiKl-»mnt
com mit-t'je
com-pen-?ate
c<)ni-))J-surc
con-(Ju-cive
con-fmc-nient
con-jec-tLire
coiiient-ment
con-ii'nue
con-vul-sive
(le-mt-ful
flt'-fi a nee
<ie-li"ver
(Ic'-mo IinIi
(io-mon-strate
(ii-lem-ma
tU-nii in^h
(li-rcct-ly
dis-ci-ple
dis-co ver
discre dit
dis-fi"guro
dis-gracc-ful
dis-lio nest
dis-or-der
di.s-plca' sure
dis-scnvblc
dis-till cv
dis-tiiVgnish
dis-tri bute
e-le vcuili
em-bar-go
eni-bow-el
en-a-ble
en-clo-sure
tn-coun-ter
en-cum-bcr
en-fi;atye-inent
cn-j(»y-ment
en-no-ble
en-tan gle
en-lire-ly
en-trea-ty
en-ve nom
e'sta-bli^h
ex-am-plo
tx-a"nnuc •
ex-tia"guUh
fan-la slic
{'ore ruii-ncr
fnr-get-ful
t'or-give-ness
herc-af-ler
he-ro-ic i
iff-no-ble
iUlc-gal
i|.lu''strate
i ma ginc
im-bit-lei
ini mo'desc
im-inor-tal
im-por-tant
ini-pn"son
ini-pro"per
im prove-Hienf
in-den-ture
in-hu-man
in-ju slice
in-qu'i-ry
in-vcc-tiv<?
n^a-jes-tic
mis-car-ry
mis-ibr-tune
mis-go"vern
mis-nia' nagc
niis-sha-pcn
more-o-ver
ob-ser-ver
ob-tru-der
oc-cur-iehce
"^of-fend-er
of-fcn-sive
op-po-f-er
op-presfi-<»r
par-ta-ker
pa-ter-nal
pa-lliC itC
9a
po-ma.tum
pre-fer-meiit
|»ro-du(M:v«
pro-liibit
pro-ject-or
pro.plie tic
pur-sii-ani
re-cei-vcr
re-ci-tal
re-ci)rd-er
re-co'vcr
rc-dpeiii-er
rc-fine<ment
re-W"ner
re-form -cr
re-frcsh-mcut
re-ful-gt'tit
rc.gard-lcss
re-niein-l)cf
rc-mem-brance
n^-niit-tance
re-pent-ance
rc-sem-ble
»e-cure-ljr
A NEW GUIDE
•e-duco-nient
8e-^c^c-ly
Bin-ccre-ly
spcc-ta tor
8tii-pcn-dous
8ub.inis-sivc
8ul)->icri.ber
suc-cess-fiil
suc-ccss-or
8ur-rend-er
siir-ve^'-or
sur-vi-vor
te sla-tor
le'sta-trix
thence- for- ward
lo-bac-co
io-{ye iher
tor-nient-er
tri-bu-nal
iri-unuphant
vice-ge-rent
un-acl-ivc
uti bo-som
un-bro-ken
un cer-tnin
un-ci vii
un-com-mon
uii-con-stant
un-co ver
un-daunt-^
un-ea sy
un-e-ven
iin-fricntl-Iy
un-god-Iy
un-grate-ful
un-hand-soiiM
un-law-ful
un-luc"ky
iiii-man-ly
un-plea'sant
un-qui-et
un-seem-ly
un-spot-ted
iin-tow-ard
un-wel-come
un-will-ing
un-w(»r-lhy
up-right-ly
Mare easy Lessons on Ihe foregoing Tables, consisting of
IVords not exceeding Three Syllabi as,
^. LESSON I.
X HOU, O Lord, hast maictained luv rifflit ainl
ay cause; thou art set m the throne tliat judgelli
right •
Thou hast rebuked the heathen, and destroyed
the ungodly: thou liast put out tlieu- name for ever
and ever.
The liord also will be a defence to tho nnnvp«««w1 •
— .^.^ — ^
evcii a refuge in the time of trouble.
mmm
u 1 1 « n i l
TO THE ENGLISIl TDNGUB.
l^i\
I*
■J ■
LESSON II.
Tlie rich and the poor meet together: the hoti
is maker of tliem all.
A prudent man foresceth the evil, and hidelh
himself; hut the simple pass on, and are punished.
He that oppresseth the poor to increase his
riches, and he that giveth to the rich, shall surely
come to want.
Rob not the poor, because he is poor; neither
oppress the afflicted in the gate.
LESSON IIL
Why standest thou so far off, O Lord, and
hidest thy face in the needful time of trouble?
The ungodly, for his own liist, doth persecute the
poor: let them be taken in the same craft that they
have devised.
For the luigodly hath made boast of liis own
heart's desire, and speaketh good of the covetous,
whom God abhorretli.
LESSON IV.
Be not amongst wine-bibbers, amongst riotous
caters of flesh.
For the drunkard and the glutton shall come to
poverty; and drowsiness shall cover a man witk
nigs.
The father of the righteous shall" greatly rejoice;
atid he that begetteth a wise child shail have joy
iJ him.
-J -f'^
I ll
5i
A NEW GUIDE
LESSON V,
The heavens declare the glory of God; and the
fii-raament showetb his handiwoik.
One day telleth another, and one night doth cer-
tify ant)ther.
There is neither speech nor language, but their
voices are heard among tlicni.
Their sound is gone out into all lauds, and their
words unto the ends of the ^vorld.
LESSON vi.
The fear of the Lord is clean, and endureth for
ever; the judgments of the Lord are always
rigliteous and true.
More to be desired are they than gold; yea,
than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and
the honevcomb.
Moreover by them is thy servant taught; and
ill keeping of them there is great reward.
I
TABLE in.
The accent of the foils wing words is on the Last Syllables
A F-ter noon
^^ ap-pcT-iain
np-pre-hend
com-pre-htnd
coii-de-scsnd
con-tra diet
dis-a»-»rce
«iii»-a! lo^r
dis-ap-pear
dis-ap- point
dis-ap-prove
dis-be-lief
dis-corii-mcnd
dis-com-pose
dis-con-tent
dis-en y-ajje
di3-e''&U*cui
dis-o bey
dis-ol)iige
dis-pos-scss
dis-rc-gard
dis-respect
dii-u-nite
do n:i-neer
c ver-more
grcna-tUer
\
for
;
\
|.jerc-to fore
here-up-on
im-por-tune
JM-com-iUode
iij-cv)r-rc'ct
in-cor-riipt
in-di-rect
in-dis creet
in dis-pf)se
in-so-niuch
in~ler-cede
Vn4cr-tV?re
in-tcr-k-ave
in-tcr-line
ia-ler-uiiK
TO THE ENGLISH
in-ter-rupt
in-tro-duce
niis-iip-ply
niis-bf-liave
mi.s.iii-fi»rtn
o-vcr4)oard
o-vcr-cast
o-ver-coiiie
<^-ver-grown
o-ver-luok
o-ver-ruu
o-ver-tako
o-vcr ilirow
o vcT-lurn
re <;oni-nicnd
TONGUE.
re'con-cile
re pre-hend
rc pri-mand .
ri ga-doon
se ven-teen
su-per-fiue
su-j)cr-scribe
therc'-a-bout
un-bc-lief
un-der-mine
un-der- stand
vi o-!iu
vo lun-tcer
ye sier-day
ye ster-uight
1^
\
More easy Lessons on (he. foregoing Tables, consisting of '
^ IVonh not exccedimj Three Sgllahles.
LESSON I.
The Lord looked down from liea% en upon llid
cfnldreii of men, to see if lliere were any ibat would
uT'dcrstund and seek after God.
But tliey are all gone out of llie way, they are
ill become vile: there is none that doth good, no,
not one. /
Theic throat is an open sepulchre; with then-
tongues they have deceived; the poison of aspa i»
under their lips.
LESSON 11.
By the blessing of ihe upiight, the city is oxaht'd ;
but it is overthrown by tlie mouth of the wicked.
Where no counsel is, thci people fall; \>n\ in iL?
multitude of counselloviv there is siifety.
/->.
i 1
^6 A NEW GUI0B
Ho Uiui is surety for a stvanger, shall smart fot
it; birt he that declineth to be a surety, is sure.
The merciful man doth good to his own soul ;
but Imj that is cruel tri^sbleth hi? ?\vn flesh.
LESSON in.
O Lord, thou hast searched me out, and known
me; thou knowest my down- sitting and my up-
rising; thou didst understand my thoughts lon^
before.
Thou art about my path and about my bed, and
spiest out all ray ways.
Try me, O God, and seek the ground of my
heart; prove me^ and examine my thoughts.
Look well if there be any way of wickedness i«
me; and lead me in the way of eternal life.
LESSON IV.
It is not good to accept the peraon of the wicked ;
to overthrow the righteous in judgment.
TTie heart of the prudent getteth knowledge, and
the ear of the wise seeketh knowledge.
A man that hath friends must show himself
friendly: and there is a friend that sticketh closer
than a brother.
Many will entreat the favour of the prince; and
every man is a friend to him that giveth gifts.
LESSON V.
Deliver me, O Lord, from the evil maa^ an^*
Reserve me from the wicked man.
l.«^Iu.
J. ^.
TO TUB ENGLISH TONGUE. M
Who imagine mischief in tlieir hearts, and stir
up strife all the day long.
They have sharpened their tongues like a ser-
pent: adder's poison is under their lips.
Keep me, O Lord, from the hands of the un-
godly : preserve me from the wicked men, who aro
purposed to overthrow my goings.
LESSON VL
The wisdom of the prudent is to understand hk
way; but the folly of fools is deceit.
Tlie simple believeth evQry word ; but the pnw
dent man looketh well to his going.
A mse man feareth and departeth from evil; but
the fool rageth, and is confident.
The evil bow before the good; and the wicked
at the gates of the righteous.
TABLE I.
Words of Four Syllables, accented
a'po-plex-y
ap-pli-ca-ble
ca ter-pil-lar
ce"re-nio-ny
cha' ri-ta-ble
com-Fort-a-ble
com-menUa-ry
com-nwn-al ly
A C-cept-a-ble
^ ac-ces-sa-ry
ac-cu-ra-cy
ac-cu-rate-ly
ad-mi-ra-ble
ad-nii-ral-ty
ad-ver-sa-ry
a'la-ba"ster
a-mi-a-ble
• _ I.*
a"llii-€i»-uic
an-nu^aUly
an-twer-a-ble
com-pe-ten-cy
con-tro-ver-sy
eor-di-aUly
C3
on the First,
cour-lc-cm»-ly
cow ard-li-ne8t
cre"dit-a-ble
cri'ti-caUy
cu"stom-a-ry
da"mage-a-blo
dJf-fi-cuUty
dis>pu-ta-ble
ef-fi-ca-cy
r»"le-crnn_cv
"*" " o "" ^
e'mi-nen-cy . n
ex-em-pla-ry?^'^'
/
^
^
i
58
tifi-nuVsite ly
for-mi-da-ble
gen-tle-wo man
gil-fi-flow-cr
go vet n-a-lile
gra-ci-ous-Iy
ha bit-a-ble
ho' nour-a-ble
i'mi table
im-pu-deiit-ly
in-ii-ma-cy
la"iuent-a-ble
li te-ra-ture
lu-mi-na-ry
ma le-fiac-tor
ma' tri-mo ny
mea su-ra-blc
rac"lan-cho-ly
me mo-ra-blc
mer-ce-na-ry
mi se-ra ble
Uio-ment-a-ry
mul-ti-pl'upand
A NEW GUIDE
raul-ti-pli-er
na vi ga-lor
ne ces-sa-ry
nu-me ra-ble
or-di-na-ry
pa la-la-ble
par-don-a-ble
par-li-a-ment
pas-si-onate
pe ne-ira-ble
pen-si-on-er
pe risli-a-ble
pcr-se-cu-tor
pcr-son-a-ble
pin-CLi shi-ori
prac-t*ca-bie
pre fer-a-ble
pro lit a-ble
pro mis-so-ry
pro bc-cu-tor
rea-son-a-ble
re pu-ta-ble
sanc-iu-a-ry
sca-son-a-ule
se"cre-ta-ry
se pa-ra-bie
ser-vice-a-ble
80 li-ta-ry
so ve-reign-ty
spe cii-hi-tive
sta-ti-on-cr
sta'iu-a-ry
sub-lu-na-ry
tem-po-ra-ry
tcr-ri to-ry
te sii-mo-ny
tran-si-to-ry
va lu-a-ble
va-ri-a-ble
ya-ri-oii8-Iy
vi-o-la-ble
vir ta-al-ly
vo"luij-la-ry
uutcr-a-ble
war-ran t-a-ble
wea ther-bea-ten
The accent of the
A B-ste-mi-«us
-^^ ab-surd-i-ty
ac-oe{<»-ti-on
ac-com-mo-date
ac-cem-pa-ny
ac-count-a-bic
ad-di I Um
ad-ven-tu-rer
ad- ver si-ty
af-t('c-.";on
at-ti iii.^j
ai-firm-a-tivc
Af.fli6.tUoB
TABLE II.
fnllowing wards is on the Second SyliabU.
a-cjree-a-ble
al-low-a l)le
am-bi ti-(>u9
a-na to-mist
an-nu-i-ty
aii-ta go^nist
an-ii qui-ty
a-po lo-gy
a-pos-la-cy
op-pren-tice-ship
a-riih-me-tio
a'sccn-si'on
a"spa"rji>gu#:
as-scr-u-on
a .sto nish-mcnt
a stro lo-ger
a'siro'no.mer
at-trac-ti-on
a-ver->i-on
au-(ia.ci«ou8
au-tho ri-ty
baiba ri ty
be-ne vo lent
ca ia miif
cap ti'vity
t»ir na-uott
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
^
ten
bis.
int
r
chro.no*[Io-gy
col-^'?c-ti-on
com-bu'sti-on
com-mend-a-bie
com-nii se-rate
com-mis-si-on
poni-mo-di-ous
com-iTio di ly
coin-mu ni-cate
com-nui-ni-on
com pa ni-on
com pas si-on
condu-si-on
con di li-on
can fes-si-on
con-fu-si-on
con-ii nu-al
con-tri bu-tof
con-ve-ni-cnt
con-ver-hi-on
con-vic-ii-on
con-vul-si-on
cou-f'cc li-on
cor-rei'-ti-on
cor-riip-ti-on
cou ra-<;c-ous
cre-a- li-on
declen- si-on
dc-duc-ti-on
de-form-i-ty
de-li be-rale
de-li ti-ous
dc-li vcr-ance
de-plo-ru-ble
de-s>i-ra blti
de-struc ti-on
di-gcs li-on
di-rcc-ti-on
•iis-c^ei n-t-bte
dis-co' ve ry
dis-iincii-on
dis-irac-ti-on
di-vi ni-ty
di-vi si-on
do-mi ni-on
dt>x-o lo-gy
dii-ra-ii-on
e-di ti-on
ef-lec-lu-al
en cou ragc-nunt
e nu-nie-raie
er-ro-ne-ous
e-ter-ni-ty
e-van-ge-list
ex-ct'p la-ble
cx-cu-sa-ble
ex-e cu-tor
ex-e cu-lrix
ex-])e li-ment
cx-pL-ri-ence
ex-po'stii-iale
ex-press-i-on
cx-tor-li-on
ex-lia"va-gant
fe-li ci-ty
fe-lo-ni-oiis
for-get-fol-ncss
for-mal-i-ty
foun-da-li-on
fra-ler ni-ty
f'ru-g!il-i-ty
fu-iu-ri-ty
ge o gra phy
gc-o nie-try
gra-tii-i-ty
ha bit-u-M
har-mo.ni-ou8
hi'sto-ri-an
hi 'sto"ri.cal
bu-ma ni^ty
hy-po tri-«yf fed
i-dol-a-tor
i-dol-a-lry
iUlu 8iri-ou»
im-nie-di-ate
ini-mcn-si-ty
im-mo de-rate
inj-movc-a-bl»
im-pa-ii-ence
im-pe ni-tcBt
ini-pi-e-ty
im-pres-si-on
im-pu-ri-ty
in-ccs-sani-ly
in-cli-na-ble
in-cre di ble
in-du stri-oua
in-lec-ti-on
in-firm-i-ty
in-ge-ni-ous
in-g»t*-di-ent
in-he"ri-iance
in-i qui-ty
in-struc-li-on
in-ier-pret-er
in-ven -ti-on
in-vin-ci-ble
in-vi si-ble
ir-re gu-lar
lux-u-ri-ant
ma-gi ci-an
major-ity
ma-li ci-ous
mc-lo-di-ou*
me-mo-ri-al
nie-iho di-cal
nii-iKU'-i-ty
mi-ra' cu-iou»
mor-tal-i-iy
vf
/
^msmmmm^t}
fi A
60
I my'ste-ri-ous
na-li'vi-ty
nc-ces-si-iy
no bi li-ty
wo-to-ri-ous
o-be-di ent
ob-jcc-ti-on
ob-scu-ri-ty
ob-serv-a-ble
ob-struc-ti-on
oc*ca.si-(>n
o-mis-si-on
o-pi"ni-on
op-pres-si-on
o-ri'gi-nal
ont-ra-ge-ous
par-ti cu.Iar
pe-cu-li-ar
per fecti-on
per-mis-si-on
per-pe tu-al
per siia-si-on
pe-ti'ti-on
phi-lo'so-pby
phy-si ci-an
pian-ta-ti-on
pos-sess-i on
po-ste ri-ty
pre-ca-ri-ous
pre-serv-a-live
A NEW GUIDB
prc-sump-tu-«us
pre-va ri-catc
pro.di gi-ous
pro-thic-ti-on
pro-fess-i-on
pro-mts-cu-ous
pro-phc ti-cal
pro-por-ti-oD
re-bel-Ii-on
rc-cep-ti-on
rc-co ve-ry
re-demp-ii-on
re-duc-ti-on
re-flec-ti-on
rc-ia ti on
re-Ii gi-ou3
re-inark.a-ble
ri-di cu-lous
sal-va-ti-on
sa-ti -i-cal
se-cu-ri-ty
se-ve ri-ly
8ig-ni B-cant
&im-pii ci ty
sin-ce ri-ly
so-ci-e-ly
8o-bri-c.ty
sub-jec-ti-on
sub-mi^-si-on
su-per-ilu-ous
8u-pc n-or
8u.]:)er-la-tive
8us-pi ci-ous
temp-ta-tuon
to-bac-co-n'tst
trans-ac-ti-on
trans-iiress-i-on
tu>niul4u^ut
ty-ran-ni-cal
vain-glo-ri-ous
va-ri-e-ty
vcx-a<ti-ous
vie to-ri-ous
vir-gi ni-ty
vo-iu-mi-nous
u-na ni-mous
un- blame-a-ble
un-ca-pa>ble
un-changca-ble
un-du-ti.ful
un-fbr-tu-natc
un-man-ner-ly
un-mar-ri-ed
un-mer-ci-ful
un-na tu-ral
un-sa-vou"ry
un-searcb-a-bte
tin speak-a-ble
un-u-su-ai
un-\vor-thi-ly
>-
TABLE in.
77k? accent of Ihe foV owing words it on the Third SyllabU»
A C-ci-dcnt-al ca li-man-co dis.ad-van.tage
■* * ol-to-ge iher corn-men i-a-tor dis-afUect-ed
a na-bap-tism com-pre-hen-stve dis-a-grec-mcnt
ap-pre hen-si ve cor-re-spon"dence dis-com-po-sure
be-ne-factor dc tri*ta«n-tal dis-con-tent-ed
TO TUB ENGLISH TQNGUE.
61
dis-con-lV'nuc
dis-in he rit
e-vcr-Iast-ing
fun-da-ineni-al
in-co-he-rent
in-con-sist-ent
in-de-pend-ent
in-ot-fen-sive
in-stru-ment al
in-ter-ces sor
in-tcr-med-dle
in-ter-mix-ture
in-tro .iuc-tivc
le gis-la-live
ma nu-fac-turc
ine'mo ran-dum
rais-de-inean-or
mo de-ra tor
o' pe ra-lor
op-por-tune-ly
o-ver-bur-den
re"gu-la-tor
sa"cra-nient-al
se mi-co-ion
8u-per.struc-tiix«
su-per-vi-sor
un-ac-quaint-ed >
un-ad-vi-sed
un-be-com-ing
uu-dc-fi-led
un-der-tak-er
un«di-vi-ded
u-ni-vcr-sal
un pre-pa-red
un-pio-vi-ded
when-so-e"ver
The accent is on the Last SyUahle,
A'ni-mad-vert mis.re"pre-sent su-per-a-bound
le ger-de-main mis-un-der-stand su-per-in-duce
mitap-pre-hend ne'ver-tle-less .u-per-m-tend
TABLE I.
W^rds of Five Syllables, accented on the Fifs'-
C-ti-on-ablc ex-pi-a-to-ry
cir-cu la-to-ry fa' shi-on a-ble
con-sci-on-a-blc fi gu-ra-iive-ly
cu'sto ma-ri-ly ju-di-ca-io-ry
de"di-ca-to-ry mar-ri-agc-a ble
dic-li-on-a-ry or-di-na-ri-ly
pas-si-on-ate-ly
pen-si-on-a-rv
ques-li-on-a-ule
sta-ti-on-a-ry
sup-pli-ca-io-ry
vo lun-ta-ri-ly
TABLE 11.
The accent ofthefuUowitig words is on
A-BO^mi-na ble con-ti' nu-al-!y
af-fec li-on ale de-ire' ne-ra-cy
a-po"the-ca-ry de li ci-ous-ly
com-nie"roo-ra-ble dis-ho iioiir-a-!>Ie
com-mend-a-to-ry ef-fe mi-na-cy
i ma gin-a-ble
i ma gin-a-ry
corn-pas-si-on-aic c-pi sco-^-ey
coQ-di ti-on-al
coii-si'dcr-a-ble
the Second Syllable.
im-me-di-ate-Iy
im-pe' ne-tra-ble
im-prac-ti-ca-blo
in-com-pa ra-ble
in-cor-ri-gi-ble
in-e'sti-nia-ble
in-nu-me-r»-b!*
m-sa-ii-a-blo
>-^'
i-i^vmm>ei^n0e-mif:
Ill
I
02
iti-fc pa ra-ble
in-to"io ra-l>!e
m-vi-o la-l)!e
ir-rc^u-hir-ly
ma.li"<:i-<)ij>-)y
>i(j t()-ri-()u« Iv
ol)-6fr-va-i<» ry
oc-ca-o.i-0-nnl '
pa riah-i-o-ner
A NEW GUIDE
prc-pa'ra-to-ry
rc-co vcr-a.We
Irn-di li-oiual
ty-ran-ni-i'ul-Jy
vic-lo-ri-ous ly
uii-al-ici-a-l»le
un-an-swer-a-l)le
un-clia ri-ta-ble
un-con qiici-a-ble
un-for-tu-nate^Ij
un-go vern-a-blf
un-ne ccs-sa-ry
uii-par-don a-ble
un-rea-son-a-ble
un-ri«rht^.oiJs-|y
uii-sea-son-a ble
un-suf-fcr-a ble
un-uuter-a-ble
TAHLE in.
The accent of the
^ B-so lu-ii-on
• ^ ac--cept-a-li-on
ac-cla-iua-ii-oa
ac cu-sa-ti-on
nd-iTii-ra-ti-on
ail-siio-ni ti-on
ad-van-ta-ge-ous
af-fbct-a-ti-on
af-firm-a-ti-on
ag-gra va-ti on
»l-plia-l)c ti cal
al-lcr-a-ti-on
ojii-inn-ni ti-on
op-pa-ri ti-on
a po sto'li-ciil
ap-pli-L-a-ti-on
ap-pre-hen-si-on
ap-pro-ba-ti-on
a rilh me ti-cal
ar-ti.{i ci-al
a vo-ca-ii-on
be" ne-tac- ti-on
tul-cu-la-ti an
ca U'-the ii-cai
ce Ie-bca-!i-9n
fid'owinj words is on
ce"re-njo-ni al
chri bti-an-i-iy
chro ii()-K)-giIcal
cir-cu-la-ii-on
cir-cum-ci si-on
com-njtMid-a-ti-on
c()m-po-si"ti-on
com-pre-hen-si-on
con-dem-na-ti on
con-de-scen-si-on
coii-firm-a-ti-on
con gfe-ga-li-on
con-sci-eii-ti-ous
con-stiT-na-li-on
con-sii-tu-ii-on
con-sum-ma-ti-on
con-tra-dic-ti-on
con-vcr-sa-ii on
cor-po-ra-ii-on
cru-ci -fix-i-on
dfc:"€la-ra-li-on
dc"tli-na-ti-on
de"jnon-stra-ti-on
de pri-va^ii-on
dc so-la-ii-on
the Third Sj/liable.
de"tesUa-ti-on
de-vi-a-li-on
di nn-riu-ti-on
dis-a-grec-a-ble
dis-o-be-di-ence
dis-pu-ta-li-on
dis-tri-bu-ti-on
edii-ca- ti-on f
c-van-gc li-cal '
c'X-ali-a-li-on
Gx-c!a ma-ti-on
cx-com-niu-ni-cate
ex-pe-di li-ous
ex-pli-ca-ii-on
ex porl-a-li-on
f"ai-li-bi li-ty
fo nieiu-a- ti-on
ge nca lo-gy
ge ne-ral-i-iy
ge nc-ra-li-on
ge<o-gra phi-cal
ge o-nic'tri-cal
ha' bi ta ti-on
ho"spi-tai.i.iy
hy pocri ti cal
J^
TO TIIK RN(iI.[SU TONGUE.
(•3
i"nii-to»n.on
im-ma-tc-ri ai
im mo-ral-i-ty
im-per-rec-ti-on
im-por-tu-ni-ty
im-po>si li-on
im-prc-ca-ti-on
iin-pro-pri-e-ty
in-car-na-ti-oii
in-ci-vi li-ty
in-cli-na-ii-on
in-con-ceiv-a-l)le
in-con-si der-ato
in-con-vc-ni-cnt
in-cor-rup- li-on
in-dig-na-ii-on
in-e-qual-i-ty
in-ex-press-i-ble
in-fi.dc'li-ty
in-ge-nu-i-ty
in-sig-ni' fi-cant
in-spi-ra- li-on
in-suf-fi ci-cnl
in-sup-port-a-ble
in-tcr-niis si on
in-tcr-rup-ii-on
in-tro-duc-ti-on
in-un-diNti-on
in-vi-la-ti on
in-vo-ca-ti on
ir-re-li gi-ons
jus li-ti-a Uc
ia"nicnt- i-ti-on
li'lxr nl i-ty
n)a"tri-njo-ni-al
nic-di-a-li-on
me'di-t;i-ti-on
me' ri-i()-ii-ous
mi ni"ste-ii-al
mI"ni"slra-ti-on
na"vi-ga-ti-on
no"mi-iui-li-on
ob-li-ga-ii-on
ob-ser-va-ii-on
o pe-ra-ti-on
op-pnr-tv»-ni-ty
pe ni-ttn-ti-al
per pen-di cu-lar
per-se-cu- li-on
pcr-spi-ra-li-on
pbi lo-so pbi-cal
po pii la ri-ty
pre'ju-di ci-al
pre pa-ra-ti-oa
pre sent-a-ti-on
pre' ser-va-ii-on
pro ba-bi"li-ly
pro'cla-ma-li-on
pro fa-na-ti-on
pro"po-&V li-on
f/.
pro se-cu-ti-oa
pro vo-ca-ti-on
re"ci-pro' ci ty
re col-lcc-ti-on
re' con-ci larble
re cre-n-ti-on
re' fonn-a-li-on
re gii-la. li-on
re pii-ta-li-on
re"sig-na-li-on
re so-lu-ii-on
re spi-ra-li-on
re"sti-lu-ii-on
re'sur rcc-ti-ort
ru-in-a-ti-on
sa lu-ia-ti-on
sa tis-tac-li-ron
sen-si- bi"!i-ty
sen-su al-i-iy
su-pcr-na"tu-ral
su-ptr-sciip-ti-oa
uans-pofi-a-li-on
trans- po-si"ti-ou
va"lu a-ti-on
ve' ne rorli-on
ver-sa-ii'li-ty
vi-o-la li-ott
vi sil-a-li-on
un-ac-count-a-W^
u-ni-1'orm-i-ty
'■tl
The accent is on the Fourth Syllable.
Aa.mi ni stra-tor ex-pe ri-ment-al
-nil.
cba' rac-ter-is-tic
co-o'pe"ra-lor
de-no mi-na-tor
.ft
im-pro-pri-a-tor
muUli-pli-ca-tor
8u-per-a-bun-danee
nn-cir-cuiR-ci-scd
■mmmmilfg^^-
>.,,.>„...imeimmmmmmeiy'*>>'im.''
u
A NEW GUIDE
m
Proper M'amet of Persons. Places, iKc. of one SifilubU; mt '"
Words always beginning with a Capilat,
Ann. Batli, Blith, BouY- Bowe, Brent,
Burgh. Calne, Ccrue, Chard, uharles, Christ,
Clay, Cohi, Cray, Czar. Deal, Dissc, Dutch.
Eve. Fife, Flint, Franco, French. Grays, Guy.
Hague, Ham, Holt, Hull, Hythe. Jaraes, Jane,
Jew, Joan, Job, John, Joyce, Jude. Kent.
Leek, Lime, Lyd, Lyn. Mark, Miuch, May,
Mere. Neallu Paul, Pool. Ralph, Rome, Rr<».
Saul, Selh, Smith, Spain, Stone, Stroud. Throne,
Tring, Troy, 'i urk, Tweed. Usk. Wal )s, Ware,
Wekb, Wells, Wilts. York.
TABLE I.
Proper Names of Two Syllables, accented on the First,
AA-ron
A-bel
Ac-ton
A'dani
Ag-hridge
Ag-nes
AUban
Ales-ham
Ale-ford
Aiice
Aln-wick
A 1-ton
Am-brose
Ampl>hiii
An-dr^V7
An-na
An-trim
An-twcrp
Ar-ran
Ar-thur
Ash-er
Ash-ly
Ash-burn
A&h-(!ale
Ahh-don
Ahh-ford
Ash-krig
Au-burne
Au-gust
Auk-land
Au-slef -
Ji u-stin
Ax-bridge
Ax-I)ulm
Ax-mouth
Bake-well
Ba-Ia
Ba!-duc
Bal-tic
Bamp-ton
Ban'gor
Banstead
Bark-ins:
Bark-icy
Bark-way
Bar-more
Bar-mote
Barnes-ley
Bar.ton
Bast- wick
Bat-tle
Bau trey
Bay-nard
Bec-kles
Be.(lal
Bed- ford
Bed-iam
Bol-Jbrd
Bent-ley
Bcrke-ley
Berk-shire
Ber-nard
Ber ton
Ber-wick
Wat 1am
Bewd-ley
Bin-brook
Bit-ibrd
Black-burn
Bland-fiml
Bol-ion
Bo sion
Bos "worlh
Bots-hiiin
Boul-iH'ss
Brac!<-loy
Brad-fiokl
Brad -ford
Brad-fori li
Brad-i!i<^
Brad-ninuli
Brad-wil
Brain- try
Bram-bcT
Branip-lon
B ram-yard
Bran-lion
Bran-drith
Bran-ham
Brcck-n.)L'k
Brent-loid
B re re- ton
Bre-wood
BricU-hill
Bride- well
Bridiie-LMid
Bndgv-norlh
Bridge- port
Bri'^lol
Hri tain
Bri"tish
Bri'ton
Brix-lon
Brix-worih
Brom-ley
Broms-wiek
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
Br<»m-yard
Chid-ley
Ciii-na
Clirist-nias
CliuiMeigh
CluMii-leigh
Clap-liam
Cle nicnt
('Icve-land
Clil-nm
Burnl-w'ood Cob-ham
Bor-lon Cogi/e shal
Coles-hill
Coif-ford
Coin-brook
Con-naught
Brough-ton
Bru-ton
Bryn-ton
li lid- worth
Bu;t den
Bur-lbrd
Bnrn-!mm
Born-ley
Bu\-«on
By-foni
Cunj- bridge
( am-(len
CaiKs-liam
Car-diff
Carl-ton
Cart-met
Ca slon
Ca slor
Calb-ness
Ca-Nvood
Cax-ton
(ax -wold
Ciiang-fbrd
Ciiag-ley
Char ley
Chal-ljam
Chea-dle
Check-ley
Cliel-ford
Con-slance
Con-wj'.y
Co[)e land
Cor-bridge
Cor- by
Ct)rn-wa!l
Cor-bft
Cow-biidgc
Ctiam-bourn
Crane^brook
Cra-ven
Craw- ley
Creek-lade
Cro-mer
Crook-horn
Crow-iand
Croy don
Chelmsdbrd Ciix-field
Cy-pres3
Dal ton
Dan-l)y
Dark-ing
uan-ioiu
Da-vid
Dccp-ing
Chel-sea
Chep-slow
Chert-sea
C'ies-ham
Che ster
Ches-hunt
Chew-ion
09
Den-bigh
Den.niark
Dcn-nit
Den-toa
Dcpt-tbrd
l)er-by
Dere-ham
I)e-riek
Der-went
Dig-by
Dock-ing
Dock-ley
Dod-brook
Do-ver
Down- ham
Down-ion
Druy-ton
Dron-field
Dub-lin
Dud-ley
Dul-vvich
Diin-church
Dun- kirk
Dun-mow
Dusis-tield
Duns-ford
Dun ster
Diui-wich
Dur ham
]^ur.sley
Ea-ster
Ea-ton
E-den
E lg-war«
Ed- ward
Ed- win
3*' gvpt
E-iy
En-6eld
' . a m ; ' . wmMf Mnyw
afcjsfc-.. .,rt,pi»*.~».
m
A NEW (J HUE
En'i^and God-IVey Hemp-stcad Jer-by
■ li
'V
Ki) glish
I'IdIiaiii
Kp-|.ing
Kpvvorib
Ertfd-hy
l'.tir())>e
Jv,v-el
i'',x-nr/iilh
f^ynos-ibrcl
I'y-lon
I'tiir-ford
Fciir-k'iijli
I'alk-laiKl
Val-inoiilli
J«' »r-ham
I'arn-ham
Fis.h guard
Fleet-holm
Jb'io rence
r^luH^i-ing
Folkes-ton
Fords-hani
Fo ston
Fouls-ham
F ramp-ton
Fri-day
Frods-ham
Gan-ges
(rarth-ley
Gay-ton
Ge rard
Gi hon
Gts-horn
Glam-fbrd
Glas-gow
GiKid-hurst
Gruf-ion
Gram-pond
Grant-iiam
Graves-end
Grcen-wich
Grims-by
(i»*in slead
( I uern-sc-y
Cidll-hall
Guil-tord
Gui"noa
Ilick-ney
Ilad-leigli
Ilule-don
Hales- worth
Ilul-ling
Ilal-stcad
Ham-burgh
Hamp-ton
Hamp-stead
Hati-ly
Han-mere '
Han-nah
Ilunt-siurc
llap-pini:;
Har-leio!j
Harles-ton
Har-lovv
Harn-den
Har-row
Hart-land
Har-wieh
Harls-ham
Ha-siings
riat-deld
Ila-vanl
Hea ven
Helms-ley
Hen-don
Hen-ly
He rod
Hert-ford
Hex-ham
I ley-dtMi
Hey-wood
Hick-ling
Hiiih ji'ate
H.gl'-worth
Hick- ley
Hin-don
Hing-ham
Hiich-in
Hotls-den
Hol-beacli
Hol-land
Horn-by
H jiai-uon
H jiiUM'V
Hjis-iiain
Hor-lon
How-den
Hoy-ton
Hum-ber
Hum piircy
Hi»nt-ly
Hu stings
Hm-ton
1-la
Ich-worth
Ips-wieh
I re- land
I r-ton
I-saac
I ^le- worth
1 K
XA-WUI lil
.Ja-cob
Jer-sey
Je-su8
J o-nas
Jo-seph
Ju-daa
Jn-dith
Kemp-ton
Ken-dal
Kend-worlh
Ke-nelm
Ken-ford
Ken-net
Ker-ry
Kcs-wick
Kex-holm
Key-worlh
K 1 1- dare
Kil-ham
Kings-bridge
Kings-cleir
Kings- ton
Kings-land
King- ton
Kin-sale
Kii khan)
Kirk-Ion
Kirk-wall
Kn-ton
Knap-daile
Knottes-ford
Kyne-ton
La-liolm
Lam-bcrl
Lam borne
l^am-beth
Lamb-ton
Lan dafi
T !..„
x^aug-jcy
Lay-ton
Lance-lot
f<
TO THK F,N(iIISn TONGUE.
littiid-grave
Liuic-liari)
l^ang-f)ort
l.aiig-woinh
i.au-rcnce
Led- well
Ltigli-ton
l.eiti-stcr
l.c'iuing
Lcm-sur
Len-liani
]<e nox
Ia'O nard
Leo' pold
Lctclulado
Lc-viie
Lcy-dcn
LitcU-fitld
L'ul-ford
l.il-bourn
Lin-colii
Lind-scv
Lin Ion
Lii-bon
Long- ford
Lon":-land
Lonj'-tovvii
Lon-don
Lud-gate
Lud-low
Lu-lon
L)d-ford
Maid-sioiie
Mal-den
Mal-pas
Mai veru
Mans-fiLul
Mares-tieki
]\Iar ]u\v
Marili-Hcid
Mar-llia
iSIa-ry
Mas-liani
Mat llicw
iviud-way
Mcius-Uam
Mcr-^cy
ISIcr Ion
Mill luTst
]Mid-lani
jMil-ljiook
Mil-drcd
Mile- ham
Mil-lum
Mil-lhorp
Mil-ion
IS line-head
Monday
i\I(jnk-lon
Mon-n.ouih
Mont -fort
Moi'-ley
]\lor pelh
l\lo-ses
"Moui-ton
Mul-grave
Mun-btcr
Mun-slow
j\Inr-ray
Nap-wich
Na-ples
Nar-barth
^a^,e-by
Need-ham
Ne'ston
iXe vein
."-.o viii
Kew-gatu
Ncw-aik
New-burgh
New -bridge
New-ent
New-land
Newn-ham
New-port
Now-lon
Ney-!i»nd
NoV-iolk
Nt)i--nial
Nor-thorp
Noith-svicli
Njr-lon
Nor- way
Nor- with
Oak ham
Oal-ley
Ock-ley
Of- frown
On-gar
C)f-iord
Oik-ney
Or-lo
Or iop
Orl-ion
Orms-kirk
Or-niLis
Or-niond
Or-ton
Or-well
Ot-ford
Oun-loy
Oun-dle
Qw-eu
Ox-lord
Pad-stow
Pan eras
I'.j Vic
4L t.« - --.
Pem-bridge
Pcm -broke
67
Pen-ri«w
Pen-rith
Pen ryn
Pe-ter
Pet- worth
Phi hp
Ply mouth
Plvni()-ton
P J land
Pont-poo.
Porulaiul
Porls-monili
Pol-ton
Pu III- ton
Pre scot
Pre stou
Ua-ehel
llad-nor
l^am-sey
llams-gtttc
llan-dal
Jlay-leigh
Ilea ding
Ited-ford
Uope-liam
llich-mond
lling-woi>d
Kip-ley
Kip- pun
Ko belt
Koch-dale
Ko'ger
Koth-well A
Kow-Undi
Koy-ston
Kug-by
Kum-fofd $
Kum-nev
Kum-sey
Ru-tbcti
A NEW GUID'2
I si
I
HuUland
Rye-gate
Sainp-son
Sak-flc'ct
Sand- with
.S:uui-!iani
Sa voy
Scars-dale
Scot-land
Sil-by
Set-tfo
Se vtrii
Sliad-wcU
Shan-non
Sheer- ness
Shef- field
Shef-tord
Shef- II a i
Sliep ham
Shep-pey
Shep-way
Sher-ston
Shet-land
Ship-ton
Shir-burn
Shore-ham
Shiop-siiire
Sid-land
Sid-inoulh
Si-mon
i!»kip-t{^n
IPka-ford
Sniyr-na
Snels-ham
So dom
So-dor
South-am
Soutli-gale
Souih-wark
South-well
South-would
Spal-diiig
Spa nish
Spils-l)y
Spit-head
Siaf-iord
Stain-lord
Si an- hope
Stan-slead
Stan-toii
^ten-iujT
Ste-phen
Stil-ton
Stock-bridge
Sloek-,:i^it
i
Stoek-ton
Stokcs-ley
Sione-henire
Slrat ford
St rat-ton
Strei-ham
Suir-bridgc
Suf-ibik
Sur-ry
Sus-sex
out-ton
Swafl'-iiatTi
S'.van-sev
Swe-den
S win-don
Swit-zcr
Tarn- worth
3. v*t -«<-«■
Taun-ton
'J'er-rinir
Thax-teti
Tha net
Thet-ford
'JMio mas
T!)rap-ston
Thurs-day
Ti-ber
l^ick-hill
'I'ides-wall
'j'in-niouth
Trow-bridi>e
T!ii-ro
Tues-dav
Tun- bridge
'J'ur-key
Tux-ford
Vin-cent
Ul-ster
Up-sal
Uji-ton
Ux-bridge
^Vake-iield
Wal-den
Wal-shali
Wals-hani
VVal-ter
Walt-ham
Wang-ford
Wan-tae:e
Wap-ping
War-ham
War-wick
Walch-cr
\Vat-rord
VXTnt^f on
Web-Icy
Welch-pool
AVen-ioek
AVe bton
AVe stram
\Vex..fbrd
Wev-mouth
AVliit-by
Wit-cburch
Wick-hff
AVick-ham
Wick- ware
Wi gan
Weigh-ton
Wig-more
W'il-ton
AVih-shire
Wincli-comb
Wind- ham
Wind-sor
Win-slow
Wirks-worth
Wis-beacii
Wiiit-ney
AVo-buru
W^uUler
Wood -stock
Wooi-wich
Work -sop
W^ rex ham
Wro ihain
Yar-niouih
Ya-rimi
Yax-ley
Y to- VI I
Y'ork-shire
Zc-nith
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
69
TABLE II.
The accen: of the following toords is on the Last Syllable.
A
MEN
Ar-gylc
l-aratlu
Bt'ii-^al
('am- bray
Cai-lible
Ca' stile
Dun-bar
JDiin-blane
Dun-dec
Dum-fVics
K-squire
Ciui-cMie
IIol-i<ttin
Ja-nati
ju-ly
Land-skroou Na-mur
La-on Na-varrc
Lc-on
Le-vant
I^oi'-raine
Ma-diitl
]Men-l«.idi
Mo-gul
JMoii-uosc
Orange
()-stend
rall-itiall
Pcn-guia
l*cn-zaric«
S-.'-ville
Siock-hoha
Tan-mcr
Vc-i-builles
OF THREE SYLLABLES.
Proper Na vies
4"BI-gail
*^* A b«uii;-ton
A-bra-ha\n
Ab-^a-lom
A"tVi-ca
Al-co ran
Ald-bo' rough
Al-den-burgb
Al-dcr-sirokc
Al-dfr-ncy
Al-lVc-ton
A' li-cant
Al-ka-nct
Al-tring-ham
Am-ber-loy
Ain-bu ry
A nicrs-ham
AintT-ton
Ari-cu bter
An-du-ver
An'gie-sca
TABLE I.
of Three Stjllablcs,
Ati-dio-ny
An-li-cbnst
Aii-ii-oth
Ap-f)lo-by
A})-j)l«.'-d<>ro
A r- ling- toil
A 1 uii-dcl
A -hi- a
As-Mn->lurc
A lher>-i()n
Ank'-bridge
Aul-cL'"htfr
Au-S)lcn-(icld
Av;-^iri-a
Ax-lni^-!^tcr
AyK^-bvi ry
Ba by-lcm
Ba dcii-ocli
Ban-lui ry
Bar-na-ba3
Bar»-»ta-ple
accented on the Fini.
Bay-bo rough
Bea eons-lield
Btck-ujg-ham
Eccl-ze-bub
Belt-ing-hani
Be-nu"&lcr
Beu-ja-iiiin
BcrU-luuTi-stcad
Be vcr-ly
Bi-cc* St IT
J{id-de-l'ord
Bi gles-wade
Bildc-ston
Bd-iing-ford
Bd-ling-ham
Bd-liug-hurst '
Bd-liiigs-gate
Bit-niing-ham
^JKl \.ii. If lliXlll
Bolso-ver
Bua-bu"ry
70
A NEW GUIDE
I I?
JRra-ken-hill
IJri^Iil-helni-stoae
I}ro-'<cn-hur>l
jJiin%iMi>;-r(>r(i
IIv-Ikt ry
Ca"mcl-fi)rd
Can-dle-mas
Can-ti-clcs
Car-bu ry
Car-cli-gin
Car-ham p-ton
Car-lin"; lord
Cd"tha-rine
Che ling-ton
Cheh-en-h;im
Chcrl-nu'ry
Che".tcr-fidd
Chi chii st'jr
Chi"din;r_fo!d
Chil-!ing-ham
Chip-peii-ham
Chol-mond-ley
Chri'slen-dom
Chri sli-aii
Chri sto-pher
Chry so stoin
Cla"ren-dun
Cli the rue
Cock*er-iiiouth
Col-che stcr
Cold-iiTT-hain
Com-ber-lon
Con-gle-ton
Co r.iuir-t»ii
C7
Co'ni ston
Cori-stan-iine
C:>i-(i()-var)
Cor-t^i-ca
Co von-try
Cro (li-ton
Crf)ck-cr-hill
Cul-li-toii
(!mn-bcr-la!id
Ciin-!iiii£r-ha!n
D-ir-hng-ton
Da- von-try
I)y'ben-ham
Dc"b()-rah
Ded -ding- ton
Dl' vt*-ril
De'von-shire
Devvs-bo'roiigh
Did-mer-ton
Di sting-tDii
Don-ca slL'i*
D;)nrche ster
Dor-la ston
D.) ro-tby
Dor-st't-shire
Dul-ver-ton
Dar.-ning-ton
Dun-^ta-ble
Ea- sing- wold
Ec-clc-shal
I'ji'-cli'-ton
E din-burgh
E-iire-mont
E ver-*>hut
Ex-e-tci\
Ex-o-dui
Ea-kcn-han\
Fa I- ken-burgh
l''arn-bj rough
Far-ring-don
Fer-niing-l)am
Fer-rv-bridfje
Fcr-ry-bill
Fe vers-liani
Fins-bu ry
Fhitn-bo rough
Flo ri-da
Fo-kii)g-ha!>»
Furd-incr_bricl<rc
Fram-hng-ha-.n
Fre de-rick
Frfs-sin£T-field
Frud-iing-hain
FrtMn SL'l-vvoiKi
Ga-bri-el
(lains-bo"rous)j
Gal-lo-way
Ga"sco-ny
Ge ne-sis
Ger-ma-ny
(Jis-bo'rough
G!oLi-ce ster
Got-lin-gen
Gre go-ry
Ha'ger-slon
Jla'll-iax
Hal-la-ton
Ila mer-ton
lla niil-ton
rian-o-vcr
Har-bo rough
Ilar-ring-lon
lia-sle-niere
Ha-sling-derj
Ha ther-ly
Ha ver-funi
Ha ve-ril
Hu' ver-if^g
He re-forti
Hlls-bo rough
Hol-den-by
Ho-ni-ion
Hun"ga-ry
Hun ger-ford
Hunt-ing-ton
lUclie ster
U-min ster
In-di-a
Is-ling-lon
Is-ra-el
r^i-ly
I''vin-go
Jef-fc-ry
Je' ri-cho-i-*)
Je su-it
Jo'na than
Jo shu-a
Kel-h-grave
TO THE ENGLISH TON
Lut-tcr-ford
Ly (li-3
Kel-ling-lon
Ken-che ster
Ke nel-worth
Ken-sing-ton
Ket-ler-ing
Kir-mi ng-ton
Knares-bo'rough
La-den-burgh
I^an-bi ster
Lan-ca ster
Lan-ca-shire
Lan-go-ver
La-ven-hana
La ving-ton
Led-bu"rj
Lei-ce'ster
Le' mi ng-ton
I,eo"Hnn-ster
Li ver-pooi
Low.bo"rough
Luck-injg-ion
Mao-cles-field
Mag da-leii
IVIa-ho-mct
Ma"la-ga
Mabns-bu ry
Man-ci»e ster
Man-ning-lree
Mir-ga-ret
Marl-bo"rough
jMar-nuiduke
Ma-i-v-iand
I\Ien-d'les-hara
^lex-i-co
Mi-cha-ct
Mic-kle-ton
Mid-dle-burgh
"Mid-dle-scx
Mid-d!e-ham
Mid-clle-ton
Mid-dle-wich
Mid-suni-mer
Mod-bLj"ry
Mu sco-vy
Ne' ihtT-iar.ds
New-bii ry
New-en-deu
Ni cho-las
Nor-man-dy
Not-ting-liam
Oak-ing-ham
0-di-ham
0"li-ver
Om-ber84€y
O-vcr-ton
O ving-ham
pad ding-ton
Pe-ters-field
Pe'ther-ton
GUE. ^
Pick-er-ihg ^
Pock-ling-ton j'fl
Por-lu-gal
Prus-si-a
Puck-er-idge
Queen-bo' rough
Ra-ven-glass
Rcn-dles-hani
Uick-mans-worlti
llis-bo rough
Ro'che"stcr
jlock-ing-ham
jlos-com-moii
llot-tcr-dam
Ko"ther-ham
Ro ther-hithe
Rus-si-a
Sa"mu-el
Sa"tur-day
Scar-bo' rough
Sud-bu ry
Se'ra-phiiM
Se ther-ton
Se ven-oaks
SMts-bu ry
Shrcws-bu ry
Si'ci'ly
Si"ine.on
Sit-ting-burn
Sit-ting-ham
So"lo-mon
So"mer-set
So"mer-ton
Spa"ni-ard
Stc-ven-edge
Strath-na-vern
Stur-min-ster
3^;
WKf
^XiM'-.^Vi
J
Sud-min-ster
Sun-diT-iaiki
»,UI1|H!«I I jllWI
1
fl
72
Su"llier-l«nf'
Swiusicr-jand
Sy ri-a
Ta bi-iha
Tad-tast-cr
Tan-ger-mim I
Ten-bu"ry
Ten-ter-den
Tewkcs-l)u ry
Th(M)or-cast-cr
Thorn-bn'ry
Til-bu ry
Ti"nu)-thy
Ti ver-ton
Tor-rin<ir_ton
Tow-cc'ster
A NEW GUIDE
Tri ni-ty
Tiid-bu ry
Tu(f-ding-ioa
I'us-ca-ny
Wlcti-iiiie
Ul-ver-st(Mi
Up-})ing-ham
Wai-linij-iord
Wal-sing-ham
\Va!t-lwm-sto\v
War-niin-stei'
War-ring- ton
Wa-ler-lord
Wat-linnr-ton
Wcd-nt's-day
Wel-lintj-ion
Wcn-do-ver
Wtst-bu"ry
West-niin-stcr
Wcst-mor-lan 1
We" I her- by
Whit-sta-bb
W bit-sun-day
Wbit-sun-tide
WiLIi-am
Wini-ble-ton
AVin-caun-ton
Win-cbcl-sea
Win-cbe"ster
Za' bu-lon
Za clja-ry
Zo-di-ac
TABLE IL
The accent of the foUowlnj Words is on the Second St^HabU.
I
4i'
^ An-ii"giia»
Arch-an-gei
Au-gu stin
Au-gu stus
Ba-ha-ma
IJar-ba-doc^
lier-mu-das
IJis-sex-lile
Ca-na-ry
Car-niar-tben
('ar-n>ar-von
Ciuiab-slrer-ton
C<>-kimp-i«n
Cotnb-inar-tin
Ore-mo-na
Crick- how-el
Cy-rc-ne
Da-ma sens
])M-Pi-U3
I)e-cein-bcr
l)c-vi-zcs
I)i-a-na
Dun-fjan-noa
Du~niz za
E-clip-ilc
E-li-a»
E-qna-lor
Eu plira-les
Fa-ler-m*s
FtT-ra-ra
Fo-ren-za
For-nio-sa
Ge-nc-va
Gi'bral-tar
Go-li-ah
Go-mor-rah
Gra-na-da
Ho-san-na
H«»-se?-d
Ja-mai-ca
Je-bo-vah
J()-si-ah
Ju-de-a
La-do-ga
I.an-be-der
Le- pan-to
Ei-pa-ri
Ma-co-ca
Ma-dei-ra
Ma-jo^c{^
TO
Ma-lac-ca
Mat-thi-as
Mes-si-ah
Mo-de-na
Mo-roc-co
New-ca'slle
New-ha-ven
New-mar-ket
Nonh-amp-ton
North-cur-ry
No-vem-ber
Oc-to-ber
Oke-hamp-ton
Pa-ler-ino
THE ENGLISH TONGUE,
rhi-lc-mon Su-ma-tra
78
Phj-lip-pi
Port- roy-al
Vn scil-la
Pul-he-ly
Ua-vcn-na
Ke-bec-ca
Sa-ler-no
Sa-lo-na
Sa-n^p-ta
Sa-vo-na
Sep-teni-bcr
So-phi-a
Souih-amp-ton
Su-san-na
Syl-ve'slcr
Ta-ran-to
Ter-tul-liis
Tir-con-nel
To-bi-a3
To-lcdo
Vc'-rt)-ua
Vien-ua
Vol-ca-no
"\Vesi-chcs-ter
White-ba-ven
Zrx-che-us
TABLE III.
The accent rf the folloicing Words is on the Last Syllable.
A'BER-dcen
Al-be-marle
Am-ster-dam
A"nan-dale
Ba-sing-stolce
Bo"nin-gale
Bud-dcs-dale
Ca"ra-van
Ca'Vol-stadt
Char-le-ville
Ci^ar-le I'oy
Ka-ston-ucss
El-sc-ncur
Fon-tc-nelle
Har-tle-pool
In-ver-ncss
I,an.gue-doc
JVlil-tlen-ball
Moun-scr-rat
]VI()unt-sor-rel
Na"7.a-renc
Osiwe slrce
Pam-i>e-lune
Scan-de-roon
OF FOUll SYLLABLES.
TABLE I.
The accent of the folUncho IVords is on the First SiiUal4t
4 DuDEll-bury Da-ris-hu"ry ^'r^'^^
A v^pvandcr Fe'bru-a-ry Ja nu-a-ry
Z;^::^'y Eo'ihe,.in4ay K.d der nnn-ster
A», u..^.= K.t'rv Gld'ston-bu ry
At-tle-bo" rough lli-c-rar-chy
Can-lcr-bury Is-ta-eUtc
Mi'cha el- mas
Pe tor bo'ro
Sa'liibu'ry
t
"^vmifmmi'^'w^f
J
74
[!
^^w^
.'TT A NEW GUIDE
TABLE II.
7%e acc&iil of Ihe folio iving Words is oii
E-gyp-ti-an
K'li za-belh
E-pi"pha-ny
E-sa-i-as
A-CHA-i-a
-^ "^ A-me.li-a
A-nie"ri-ca
A-po'cry-pha
A-ra-bi-a
Ar-me-ni-a
As-phal-tUtes
As-sy"n-a
Bar-ba-di-an
Bar-ba-rUan
Bar-th(yio-mew
Bil-le' ri-cay
Bi-lhy"ni-a
Bo-he-ini-a
Caf-fra-ri-a
Caia-bri-a
Ca-per-na-um
Ce-ii"ci-a
Ce-sa-re-a
Co los-si-ans
Co-per-ni-cus
Co-rin-thi-an *
Cor-ne-li-us
Dal-ma-ti-a
Eii-ro-pe-an
E-ze-ki-el
Ga' la-ti-a
ia h ci-a
Gal-li po-li
Ga-ma-li-cl
Ge-or-gi-ci
Ho-ra-ti-o
Ig-na-ti-us
I.ta"Ii-an
Je-ru-sa-lem
Le-vi"ti-cus
Liec-tc"nan-cy
Ma-ho'me-tan
Mi-ran-du-la
Mol-da-vi-a
Mont-go"me-ry
Mont-pel-li-er
Mo-ra-vi-a
Mo-sa-i-cal
Ihe Second SyllabU,
Na-tha"ni-el
Ni-lo"me-ter
North-al-ler-ton
Pa-la'ti-nate
Pam-phy"li-a
Pe-ne"lo-pe •
Pia-cen-ti-3
Sa-ma-ri-si
Sa-ma"ri-taq
Sar-di"ni-a
Scla-vo-ni-a
Se-bas"ti-an
Si-le-si-a
Tar-ta-ri-an
The-o"di%lite
The-o'phi-lu
Ther-mo''me-ter
Thes-sa-li-a
Ti-be-ri-us
Ve-ne-ti-an
Ve-su-vi-us
Vir-gi 'ni-a
U-tox-eter
West-pha-Ii-a
TABLE IIL
The accent of the foUoiohg Words is on the Third Syllable.
BER-con-way Cag-li-a-ri
A"na-bap-tist Ca-ro-li-na
A"na-ni-as
Ba-al-ze-bub
u„- „^ I
Be'ne-dic-Une
Be"ne-ven-to
Co-pen-ha-gen
DKl-ma-nu>thA
Che-tel-hamp-ton E-le-a-zar
Cliip-ping-Nor-ttm E ze-ki-as
/^K 1„ _: /-V_ TT . 1 I _ 1 ! I
v^sj.'p-pajg-v/ii-gair xiui-ie-iii-jan
Ci-ren-ce"ster Hen-ri-et-ta
Com-po-stel-la He ze-ki.ah
I"i
Je
I.
^\
M
E
TO Tl!!:: LXOI.lSl! T(V:nTT,
r.'s
(able.
on
Ji-i. .1
[er
ib/e.
1
I
I"sa-bel-la
Je'rc-mV-ah
.]e"ro-bo-am
La"za-ret-lo
Ma"da-gri"scar
Mar-ga-ri-ta
Ne-he-mi-ali
The
Bar-ce-lo-nclte
Sul-ton Ci»lc-field
Tracho-ni-iis
Wol-vtr-bf.mp-ton
Wot-ton lia> set
Ze'cha-ri-nh
Shep-lon-Mal-lct Ze dc-ki-ali
accent is on the Last Stjllable.
Or-le-a-nois Phi'lip-pc-ville k
Ni CO dc-mus
O-ba-di-ab
Pa-le"sti-na
Phi'lips-Nor-lon
Sa"la-man.ca
Sa ra-gos-sa
OF FIVE SYLT.ABLES.
TABLE [.
Thf acconl ofthr following Words I
AT F.X-nn-dri-a E-qui-noc-ti-al
A'na-toli-a K-thi-o-p>-a
He-li-o"po-lis
Hi-e-ra"po-lis
Li thu-a-ni-a
Ey-ca-o-ni-a
Ma'ce-do-ni-a
An-da-bi-si-a
A"pol-l(>-«ii-''»
Cap-pa-do-ci-a
Ca-ta-lo-ni-a
Ce"pha-lo-in-a
(:ie bur,-M«r.ti.n,er IVla-gel-la ni-ca
Deii-te-ro"no-my Max-i-mi li-an
Di-o-ny "si-US Me-tro-pcy b-tan
nn thfl Third Syffahh.
Ne-bu-za ra-dan
Ni-co-mp-di-a
Phi la-del phi-a
Jr-a-mu-ihra-ci-a
Scan-di-na-vi-a
Scx-a-ge"si-ma
The-o-do-si-us
Tran-syl va-ni-a
Thcs-sa-lo-ni-ans
U-ni-ver-si-ly
TABLFi II.
ne accent oftke foUowing Wor<h L on Ihe Fourth S.jllabU.
A -RFR-jra-ven-nv Ec-cle-si-a stcs La-o-di-ce-a
A"lex-an.dret.ta E^a-phro-di-tus ^^^^^^IXl,
A"ri-n.a.lhc-a ^ stre ma du ra ~^.,^„i.,„
Con-stan-ti-no-ple Hi spa ni-o-la
I
OF SIX SYLLABLES.
TABLE L
The acceM is on (he Fovrth Sidlahh,
\ . «..T..h.tb-iT.a.a.cah Hi'sU^-r.-o gra-phy
iVB^ro-dach-Bal.^- ^^^^
"^ -^
76
A NEW GUIDE
PART II.
A Tahle of lVor(h fhc same in So ft d, but diJJ'ermi i*
Spvlllxg and Signification.
u
i
AILy to he trotjbled
AUt mall Ii(itiiir
iir,onc(»rtlu?t'loments
Heir to Hii estate
All, every nnc
Awl, to b'tre buk-s
Attownd. I'raiited
Aloud, vv.ch a m»is>;
ii/^ar, for sficrifice
A/ier, to change
Ah, a particle
Ann, a woiiian's name
int, a pi<5mire
Aunt, luiclt's wife
Aacent, g'»ini? up
Assent, aijret'Jiient
Augur, a soothsayer
Auger, fur carpcuurs
Bai7, a surety for debt
Bale of cloth
£a2^, without hair
Ban-led, cried aloud
Ball, round substance
Bawl, to cry nloiid
Barbara, a woman's
name
Barbartj, name of a
country
Barberry, a fruit
ifare, naked
Star, a beast
£}jf<^, vile
Bai:r/', cloth so called
StiySf bay -trees
lie, to exist
liiv, an insect
Ferin, pulse
Ik-fii, was at a place
/Mr, to drink
Hif^r, to carry tlie dead
liittl, to strike
//irt, an herb
Herri/, a small fruit
tiitri/, U> lay in a jjrave
W//«'. a swe'l'ng; [fire
tiuH, as water on the
lifcn; did blow as the
iiltif, coiour [wind
Boar, a l)east
hoic, to make a bole
Hoard, a plank
liotid, made a hole
/i/.///, confident
Bowled, di<l bowl
/>'o//, for a door
Boult, meal
Bi»r, to bend
Buuijh, a branch
/iov, a lad
/ittfH/, tt» bear up
Hove, to shoot wiih
Hiaa, a fine gentleman
Brake, an lierb
Hreak, to part asnnJer
Bread to oat
/irtrf, brouijht up
i?re/»c/v .«,broken places |
Breeches, to wear '
Burrow, for rabbits
Hurouyh, a corporation
Z?y, near
7y«7/, for money
Brews, brewclh
Bruise, to break
But, a ));\,rlicle
Butt, two hogsheads
Trtf/i, Abel's brother
Cane, a shrub
C«//, to cry out
Caul of a wig
Calendar, account ol-
time
Calender, to smooth
cloih
CanniiH, a gun
Canon, a rule
Cafulal, chief
Ca,.Uul, tower inRome
Ca>Y, to carry thingf
in
Chaft,xs '* -scription of
a place
Cill, a hut
'SUl, to dispose of
Cfllar, the lowest room
SALr, that selleth
rr'M.ver, for «ncen9«
Censor, a rel'ormer
Ci'ssinti. n refsiiminjr
-"•-■-,- _ rj - - ^
.Stxvf -I, >.!>bizcs
C/.«.r, to sit in
Chart a job of woAs
TO THE ENGLISH TOIiGUE.
77
Choler, rnge
CoUar^ lor ihe neck
ikatinff, stUiiig a seal
DaHr.aiiaiiveol Den- j /^«. an insect
Dam, to slop walcr
Damn, to c-'iiiKiun
C'«on, a voiinij sprig I ,
Sion, a" mouulaiu so I)"!h '-^^ '>""" ' "'"
' , Irk.. \l ....I'lt.ll uiikfr-
called
CAronira /, of lonj; con-
tinuance
Chrvnide, a liislory
Clause (»f a sciitcnce
Claws oi a bii»l or
beast
Climb, to ascend
Clone, a cliinaie
Ciosp, to shnl np
Cl«lhes, garmcnla
Coat, a garment
Cot, a cottage
Coarse, h«)m(<ly
Course, order
Cumphment, ihc re-
mainder
Compiiment, to speak
obliginjily
Concert, of music
Consort, wile of a bo-
vereigu
Cmisin, relation
Cw.rt'jj, to cheat
Council, an assembly
Counsd, to advise
Current, a running stream
Curtttju', a fruit
CoiintT, a incsscnger
Currier, a dresser of
leather
i^t]/, u Moonsli gokcr-
Dtnr, i»f great value
JJur in u I ark
Dew from heuven
Due, a debt
/;<>, to decia«c
Dije, to hlaiu cloth
Dire, dreadful
Omt.u stumer of eloiu
Disease, a sickness
Uts-yeize, to dispossess
7Jo^, a female deer
/;oH«/A,pa.sieor Uavcn
Done, acted
Du;j, a colour
Dredyc, a flour-box
Vriiiiyt; a slave
Ea.i)Uh i!i« t'»"e' of
liarvcst
£rt/-/i/.'i/,ari:!gforlhe
car
Eat, 11, devoured
Eton, uume of a town
Eiine, a weathercock
/'Vini, desirous
fii(jn, to diss:,n;b!e
/•',(i;j^ weary
Feint, a lalsc niardi
J'iiir, beautiful
Fare, piuvisious
Fliw, did fly
Fine, s«>it Imit of «
rabbit
/•7««/-, f<'r bread
Fli'iut ill the Held
Fo.th, abroad
I'ouriu in number
OccJt of the sea
Creak, to make a noise
Crenel, worsted
Ctuel, licreo
File, of 3»cl
/'oii, to overcome
iVir, wood
Furj skia
/•'(;m/, n-asty
Fold, a bud
/'>«.(/«, tjuarrels
Fiaise, iiitd meat
Ofl,'/, bitter subslanc*
(,uul, a Frenchman
G,//, wilh gold
Guilt, sin
Gliiire, white of eggt
&/((<(, to dazzle
Grate, for coals
G;tat, lurge
Grater, for the nutmef ■
Greater, larger
Graijs, name of a town
Grucf, to eat grass
Grease, a soft fat
Greece, a country
Caan, to sigh
Gruwu, iucreased
//«;/, to salute
IJulc, strong
//«r/, a beast •,
iA«>(, the seat of imr
Hare, in the field
IJutr of the head
//< I f, in this pl<i«»
Jkar, to htarken
/// ns to cut ■■^
lluyh, a man's xoamk
RSiBiekjiBJisaiitei. «»
n
A NEW GUIDE
li
I
I I
I I
' f*
//.•<//i, Infty
JJim, that man
^ft/mn, a sacred song
////7', washes
/Injlur, more high
//f/ur fiitSt
W'hi'ii, a lewfl woman
//o/t?, hiillowness
frVhoU', pcjlect
//(i'Vi, for a tub
lf7it»,;/>, to IT)' out
J, mysplf
i!^y*, to see with
/'//, r will
/$le, an island
Aisle, siilc of a church
OH of olives
^n, within
Inn, for travellers
Indict, to prosecute
Indite, to compose
A'j/Z, to murder
/i^i/n, for bricks
Knave, dishonest man
Nave of a wheel
Knight, by honour
Sight, the evening
Knon, to understand
«• Nb, not so
Knew, did know
iVero, not old or used
Known, discorered
None, neither
Knows, he knoweth
Nose, of the face
Lat(/, placed
^tn, did lie
ZiAiM, a narrow passage
1. 1'h. tn !(■• ill wa;«r
Lech, a lilt herb
L ssen, to make less
Ltfson, a reading
Licr in wait
/./«r, a teller of lies
Lyre, a musical instru-
meat
Limb, a member
Limn, to paint
Line, length
J^in of veul
Liiieami-nt, the propor-
tion of the face
Liniment, a medicine
l^'d, did lead
Lead, mttal
L«, bi.'hold
Z.ort', humble
Made, finished
Maid, a virgin
Mail, armour
Male, the he
Mall, a wooden ham-
Muid, to beat [mer
Main, the chief thing
yV/t«ntf of a horse
Manner, custom
Manor, lordship
Marten, a bird
Martin, a man's name
Mean, of low value
Mit-n, behaviour
Meat to eat
Meet, together
Mete, to measure
Afr/aZ,gold,silver,cop-
ner. &c. ♦*
Mettle, briskness
Mews, for hawks
Mu$e, to meditate
Mitt; an insect
Miijht, strength
Moan, to la.nent
^f^'n•l1, cm dowu
^!.,fit, a ditc
Mute in the eye
Move, in quantity
Mower, tliiit movveth
Naiujhl, bad
Nuuyltt, ;>jllmig
iVay, not
Neiyh, a^ a hor ©
iVc'ft'.?, tidings
Nuose, a knot
A''o^ denying
Knot, to tie
Ortr of a boat
O'tr, over
Oiv - metal
Of, belonging to
0//', at a distance
Oh! alas!
0/w, to be indebte4
One, in number
Won, did win v
Our, of us
/:/our, sixty minutes
Palate, of the mouth
Pallet, a little bed
Po/e colour
Pail, a vessel
Pa/i, a funeral ch.lfc
Paul, a man's naii«
Pain, torment
PaiiBf a square of glasi
Peal upon the belli
Peel, the outside '
Pear, a fruit
Pair, a couple
A'arc, to cut ufl
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
n
Peer, tt lord
I'ur of a biMlge
PtUr, a inau'a name
Pelre, salt
Pint, half a quart
Point, a stop
Place of abode
Plaice, u iial iish
Plain, even
i'/ajit to make smooth .
Plate, a flat pcce of| ^.^^ ^.^.^^
iiisc', u>!vancement
/kVrf/iwA, somewhat red
Jiadish, a root
/?«</, a shrub
liiad iu a book
/l't-.>^ ease
Wrest, to force
7?ctcA, to V( init
Wretch, an unhappy
man
Phy le in rcrse
jfetzipg mist
melal
PiaJijfoldinagarmtut
iPJcM, courts of law
PUass, to content
Pour watel
/^ow.r, strength
Practice, exorcise
Practise, to ixercise
Pray, to bcseeoh
Pfc^, a booty
Praise, commendaliou
Prays, he praytth
Principal, chief
i rinci^le, the lirst rule
Pr«y?£, advantage
Prvjtiiet, a foreteller
Quean, a slut
Qua';< king's wife
Qwire of paper
thuir of singers
Rain, water
Heiyii, rule as a king
Rein, a bridle
/?ai«e, to set up
Rays, sunbeams
Jiase, to demolish
Huce, to run
Red, a colour
iJcaJ) did read
Rie, corn
H ry, crooked
Riuy tlK bclU
M iiH|/ the hands
/?•'*., ceveHioii)
Hiyht,iuiii and tme
WriylU a workman
hVik' wiih a pen i
JHode, did ride
jioad, the highway
Riiwcd, did row
y^o« a ki. d 0* deer
iioH', rank
iio(«/,fourthofanacre
Rude, impudtut
Rome, a city
Room, part of a hou,se
Rheum, spittle
/lofr )y heart
Wrv^e, did write
Rough, not smooth
i^u^; anieckcloth
Sail of a ship
6\i/f, selliiig
Sulury, wages
-1 ! t - 1-
SciV/V) an island
SUlu, foolish
Sai'or, taale or imell
buviuur, JeiUM Cbriflf-
Scene of a st»g«
Sixn, beheld
»S\rt, a irreat water
See, be! Id
Seas, ^' it vaterfc
Seize, to lay hold of
SiUr, to burn
S(.er, a prophet
.Vt'«f, ordered away
Scent, smell
Sciyniir, lord
.•)<.'«2t»i, elder
4/«;ie, the scacoasi
Snur, a drain
Shoion, did show
Sh(nie, did si '5
5»/e, situation
C tte, to summon
SiylU, seeing
6'ujA, to go down
tiiKfie, tive
I i'/*/*?, fruit
Siou; tardy
So, thus
Sow the seed
i)t'*ti with a net 'e
Some, a part
.Sum, the whole
Son, auiun child
S"H, the iKavenly light
Sore, an nlctr
Soar, to ount up
wai'ds
Stare, to look earnestly
.*>Yo«r, .1 step
Staiti", spots
&tai< V. the name of*
pla
■ ♦ f"
80
Rlarling, ft bird
SttmU to rob
Stiiel, mt'lal
Stile for a passr.gc
Styli! in wriiiijg
Straight, not crooked
Utrati, narrow
flticcour, help
SnckiT, a young twiaf
Subtle, cunning
^K^tfe, weight
Tacks, small nails
7\ur, a rale
Tail, the end
Fote, n story
ra«ii<r,ii limited estate
Tare, weight a! lowed
Tear, to rend in piccoa
Team of horses
TV«m,to go with young
Threw, did throw
rAroM^Ajquilc through
•Their, of them
There, in that place
TAroir, a seat of state
Thrown, cast
m*, a particle
7W, yourself
A NEW GUIDE
Time, when
Thtjim; an iicrb
7*0, unto
'/oo, likewise
Two, u couple
Tfje, of the foot
Tow, to draw along
Told, as a tale
TolL'J, as a bell
'four, a journey
7ortJi'r,aluriifieJ place
T^j-ffy, a wooden vessel
Tny, the numl)er three
Vale, a valley
r'e/7, a covering
Vain, useless
Vauc, a wt'Hlhercoek
Vciii of tiie bluod
Undo, to take to pieces
Undue, not due
nVi.'/<? through water
\\'vi<lhed\n the balance
ira//, to expect
Wciyht for tlie scales
Ware, merchandise
Wtar, to put on clothes
Were, plural of was
Where, at what place
Waste, to spend
Wmist, the middle
Way to wtik In
Wetijh, tu poise
iy«.y, lorty bushcli
Whey, niiik and reDDOt
Waicc, to quit
Wave, a biiluw
Weat, good
M /{('<//, a pimple
Wheil of u cart
IVta*, not strong
Week, seven days
)r<^an, to take fro&
IKiot, tu think
Weather, state of the air
n/ul/ur, which of Ute twd
n'A<7e colour
Wiyht, an island
ir///ter, to decay
Whither, to what place
Wde, a trick
nVitVt'.iu themeanlime
Wood of trees
)you/(/, was willing
Wrath, anger
)l''/ol/(, to be angry
Ye, yourselves
Yea, yes
I
Ytw, a tree
You, yourself
Emcf a sho«p
TO THE J-NQLISH TONGUE.
SI
PART III.
A TRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR.
CHAP. I.
OF GRAMMAR IN GENERAL.
Q. WrllAT is Gramma rP
^ A. Gutmmar is llie science of letters, or the art
of writing ami sptiikin^^ |nojuily unci syntactically.
Q. Whtit do von nieun l»v Eni/lish Grammar P
A. The art of \m\uv.'^ and siKakinj-- the English toivgM
properly and sMitactically.
Q. Hort is Grammar tliviiled?
A. Grammar is dnided into lour parts^ Orthography, Pf^-
t^dy, Analogy, and Syntax.
OF ORTHOGRAPflY.
Q. What is Orlhoijrophy?
- A Orthographv leacheih the true characters and poweri
of letters/and the' proper division ot syllables, words, aa<i
letiers.
OF LETTERS.
O Wh^t is a ItffcrF
a! A lett-r U significant mark or note, of which sylla-
Wes t»«:e compoantU'd, i »
Q. How uii;.\v i:«i^lisli lef/rrs are there i*
A. Six j<nd uvenly.
Q. Which be ihev? . . , . j
A. Hiev art these following, with their powers ♦»*
Pi
'"'iilitti^iiHilkiWrtiifj* "''*
.^^^r^-^^-^^^:,
m
A NEW GUIDE
r\*n
m
[I
I^Ucra.
A or n
B
b
C
c
D
i
«
e
K
f
G
S
II
h
I
1
i
J
K
k
li
1
M
ra
Their Nan»e». w.U Powcri, or Sounds.
A loner (a), as in cape;
short (a), as in ra/>y
broad (a), as in halt.
Bee.
\'ec.
Dec.
E long (6), as in mete;
short (e), as in met.*
Eff,
Gee.
Aytch.
J h»ng (i), as in time;
short ("i), as in tin.
Jay. f
Kay.
EH.
Em.
I.ctlers.
N orn
O o
P
Q
11
S
r
u
V
w
X
Y
Z
q
r
s
t
u
Their NaiUM, oriil V- v ra, or So«4aA>
En.
long (o), as in note;
short (6), as in not.
Pee.
Cit.
Arr.
Ess.
Tec.
Yu long (a),as in time;
short (ii), as in iun.
V Vn'.
\v JJoitlile u.
y ll't long (y), ns »"'"!/»•
short (5), as in C^i/i-^.
z ^et/.
a Do these letters always keep tlicir own natural sound?
Q. mlu letters are those which do not always keep their
i>.\Mi natural sound? ^ . ^ „. nnd ihe
A. Th.v aro. ft. c, e, f, g, i, I o, s, t, u, x, y, and the
ilouble letters, (■//, (7//, and /^/i.
Q. Give me an example of each.
A i. 7i is suuiidvMJ like / in mUIe.
o C belbre a, 0, n, I, and r, is always sounded hke A', a«
in 'catcorcnn, clolK cr.nnp; but beio, e ., ^, and y, is always
jn cat, cot n I , , I n ,s j^i^o sounded
fiounded like s, as in cclLu , cnu, cj./ ' F.pnrh hav-
like s in mmvle; and in mirds dcnved irom the 1 lench, lidV
11. o- /; after it. as in machine 1 vi -
3 B is sounded like a long iu Ihne. whnr; and hl<e u
short in her. .
4 F i& sounded like y m o/. , , . 1 „,^
5 G before . and i in some words, and almos ttl.a>.
before y, is sounded like j, as in gentleman, guint, bgyp-
''1* /, in words derived frcm the French, sounds like ..as iu
^nachine: it also souuds like u short, as in Urd, Ihtnl, U.
7. L is sounded like m in sa/wo/»..
. When . is not ^.unded at the end of a word. U 1, culUd ^ {^;;f;^;^^^';::^
W*, tr IcBRthen the «>und of the foregoing vo« d, as u, save , nnd .ometimes
<lunt, a» iti yiue.
^■M
II
TO THE ENGLLSII TONGUE.
8B
8. is soumiod likr a hroiiti in alio:'; like ^ short ia
women; and likf ^^ shuil in ironn.
9; S is livqiicnllv f^ciUitiic-d like .-:, as in present, pre
suvie.
hvlle, Ihisde. Ti, beloie a
iO. 7' IS soundi'.! liUi- .s ui wlivlie, Uiis((e.
voweJ. is souiuk'ii like a/ or .y/i, as in nation; except when $
goes imniLtliately b(>rore ii, as ccleaiial; or at llie IjetiinninH;
cf a \\o\\\, as ^i6'(/,- or iu tlcrivalives, as mighlier, mightiest,
em2)ti>id
11. V is sounded like c shi^vt m i«ry, ond like z short in
hu<ii-Htiiis.
iU. X hath no sound of its own, but at the beginning of
aword.fci always sounded like z, as in Xenophon; and in the
middle and end of words, like ks, as in icax, Xerxes.
13. y, at the end of ,nonosyllables, is sounded like l long,
as in by, viij ; but in ihe middle oC words oj' more than one
syllable, is sounded like i short, f.s in Egypt, and at the end
oV >\ordK of nioie than one syllable, il usually sounds like e,
QS in many.
14. Ch is sounded like qu, as in choir, chorister.
15. C'> sonietiuK's at the end of a word, and always ph
when ilu y come together in the same syllable, sound like f^
as in laugh, elephant; except where ph sound like v, as iu
Stephen,
Q. W'lore are the. capital Icffen to be used, and v.liere Uie
small le
'rs/^
A. Tlie capilal.^ are to be v.>^rd in llie front of sentences,
and at the beginnin;? of verses; of all proper names of per-
sons, ph'.ces, livers, &.C.; of arts and sciences; of d»i;j;nities,
feslival.s, and f;aiiu>.s; and ot all words put for i>ro|ter names,
or that have any t;u'at enipha.sis in a sentence: a!.-o alter a
full Btoj), and al llie beginning of a tjuotation, thouuji it be
r.ot imiiiedii/.ely alter a ful! hloj): likev\ise whole woril'^, and
sometimes senteuees, are wiiilen in capitals, and then some-
thing is e\])ic.ssed i xtrauidinai ily great. They are sometimes
used in the title ol books, lor ornament-sake; and the pro-
noun /, and the iiiteijeeiion 0, are always written in capitals.
In other places, ilu: s;na!l letters .uust be used.
,Q. When capital hilars are placed single in a sentence,
what do they slaiid forP
A. Soiiietiinef! thrs stand for vnIioIc words, as B./1. bachelor
of arts; U.D. bachelor in di\init); D.D. doctor in diviisily,
or the like; as AiOU may find more at large at the end of this
third part: or else they stand for numbers, and are calltU
.humeral Lettcrti; lluis.
i
j
1 1
84
I. Dm
II. Tnti
in. 'Il)ice
IV. <'r nil. Four
V. Five
VI. Six
VII. 8tven
VFli. L:ii;lit
IX. Nii'o
X. 'l'«-n
XL. Klcvrn
XI). Twilve
Xni. Tinitrcn
XIV. Fuuriet-Ji
A NEW GUIDE
XV. Finoen
XVI. ^iixtten
XVn. SfVt'ufcen
XVI 1 1. Kigliltcn
X'X. NinrU'i.u
XV. TwiJity
kxX. 'I'liiny
XI. Foriv
I,. Fiiiv
Mi. Sixty
i.\X. ^t■vonty
1 XXX. Ei^'hty
XC. iNiiit.y
XC.l. Ninci, two
C. A liunduil
(V. 'J^^^> hundred
t CC. 'I l)iet; lumdred
CC'CC. r.iui hundred
I). Fivi' 1,0 Mil red
DC Six himdred
I)( C. S.vcu hundred
DC'C'C. Lini)t hund.
DCC (-■(:. Nine huud.
I\J. One ll;(iusai)d
xMDCl CXXXV.Ona
thousand eight hoD'
drt'd undthjrt)-firo.
Q. How are \hv htlers natinally cVividecl?
A. Into v*n\fls oiui coiisoiuiiils.
O What is a vowel i* .. , r . j
A A vowel is a lelUMMNlil'li rjvc^s a full and pprfect sound
of itseir. ;in.l xutiioul ^^^^^d^ llu^re can be no SNlhvble.
O IJov manv vowtls are tin re i.i Ln-lish
A.' There are' six; a, e, i, o, u, and y .hen .t follows .
consonant.
A. A consonant Is . U-tter that cannot >e sound.d ^uh-
oula vo«.l. as b ^^ith mu .; therefore all letters, except tiie
towels, are consonants.
OF SYLLAHLKS.
a! a sNlh^lel^^^^ier one lett r, ^s a; or more than cae
Q. How do von divide vours:.lial)i*s!'
A liv takin-- ^^ords asu.uli-r inu> convenient parts, m of-
deflo 'lu!:; i eir true p.ct.unciation and original lormaUoD,
which is commonly called speliunj.
Q In hou many lules may the doctrine, of .pelhn^ be
"^ a"' AM rpeliinir, or division of syllables, may be .ompro-
bended in secen i^eneral rales.
TvlLK I.
O Wl.at is llie first freneial rule for ilivisior. of syll-..ble»f
A. A copsonant beU-^cn t«ovo«cls goes to ihe laltor.)!-
ble; i\^, butiiKh. . . . ,3
A .xM .. :^ .iw/fi.ct evrpr^iiou to tins ra.ei
t ^il:;;U;o™;.i|, «.-." -. S- 'o u. ilrm.r .,U.^^^
«s, Jlow-er, ex 'He,
TO Tii:-: ENGLISH TONGUK
85
bo
^
Q. What is tlio srcoml exception
A, Words iiMiruHl ami cuinpuuiidt'i
I must be divided »*•-
C4;jdjlll; to
i!u> iillli iUhl sjxlli i;enejal rules.
-ei
UILK II.
Q Wliaf. is the s -cond ueneial rule for division of sslinhlefi?
A. 1 \\() < otisopRtits in the itiiudle ot a wind, 'I 't are pr()p«»r
to bei'iii a \\o\i\, ii.ast l',"[j,iii the s>lhil)le to;Aelii{{'; us, ciu-ater.
N )TK,— ! hat a/, ti, hi, and r/. are f.J'tcn iisi-.i to hign svi!ubl€«,
though ih.'v Ijc^in n;> wuiils; as, /a-(//t', <j</-r/i', tc.iwIiU^ i-uzzle.
ISVIK III.
Q. WhiJt isllie third treuer.il iu!e for divi.siou of syUahh-af "
A. 'V\M! coiisotiaiils in the middle ut a v.oid, that are ilOt
proper to ' e^in a \^o^d, must lie dividrd; as, number.
Q. Wl'.ai exccpliuus have ytiu to ihis rede"*
A. '1 \\o coi!So:iants in lije'uiiddle of <i dtrivalive, though
they he not pioj)t=r lo bei^iu a void, musl nut be divided; as,
kiand-ard.
riLi: IV.
Q. What is the fourth <x(Mieral rule for tliviwiou ofs)ihible6?
A. Ii"l"o vowels cuuie toi^eilier, uot inakiiiu a diphihoug,
(hey I!, list h" divided; as, ae ill Ju-et; no \x\ ix Ira or-di-na-
rij; eo »ri lilc-ons; v.i in vi-al ; io in ii-t>l: in in di-ur-nal;
oe in (■( ' CIV/'; tio m n-suul; tie iu ituel; ui in ru-in, Con-
or u-i-:\ ; ' »''d /<(/ in cun ijrU'Ou^.
f^o:!; i. — r«, ->■,«<,'! 11(1 /,Y), l>ic.i!ne (]ijilitlioivj;s after </,• ns, 7«<irr«<,
qvesti- i>, ■/•'i-<l, • uo-!i t„l ; lilve'.vi.-c «rt ill iih-siukU, [ iraua-si-tn, &tc.
2. I'lio'ii^t! - ' t'u irfjH'r.'y hv »a!itd a cli;4i!huufi;, ui lbas«
VowlIs are noi ■ »;' ;•;>• ,, /c, uu-i^aul. "
Q. Wlii-.t is the ; luial lule f;i- (Hvision of P\llable6f
A. I et v\oids, loiuitft or t'vrised, be (iiv'ded actorciiiig (o
tlieir Diii.nai or , liiniti' -'.
Q. U \\\..\ is the rcjc.'.^'juei ce ol"thiS luit ?
A. f htse t'. riiiii'.istioi s (v;e, cd, iti, ()\ i'il, et, elh, ing, ish,
ciiS, ard, al, or, ought io '^<' hy tLea>el\«s »n ^pelliu^; as.
hetb-iuje, iinisi-cd, i/(u(in, hiicto-t'sl, ialch-it, hui-ith, hear-
er, /*.(.■/</;, /i'/- .;/;, i a in^-'us, ilui.U-iud. )t:o-nu-meitt, ex-
tkct'Or.
Q. Wi;;it is th." fir t exception to this lulei*
A. M')i ';>-%lh*.hh^s, <(iid voiiU accei)tt.«i i.poii tJk€ Wst Bjl-
, lable, eu>.!:iu iu ■«» i^iiit;'^' coiiaouaul, v.i oi*. a <!:|jJthong
loreuoiui;, douhit lieu luial eontouaiit ^i^-w '•.\."y ifake any
0i the iMiniaiive emhsi^-; Hud then it may b«' \Hij\nr to hu(
tho hitler tousoni.ht nuIIi the Uriiiiiiirtioui ai, itj-tm^e, fe/W-
I
'S^SIE^S^^
-mm
m
A NEW GUIDE
^1-
in
ted, Hot-test, hlot-teth, blot-tmrj, hlot-ter, rol-ten, slui-tish,
a-bet-lor.
Q. What is the second exception?
A. When words in e final Uke any of tlicse lerniinations,
« final is lost even in writing, and then a consonant may hv
put to the termination; as, wrllc, ivri-test, ivn-Idh, wn-ter,
^ri-tiiiq-
Nr,rE 1 —Where casting awav the e would create any confasion m
Ibe sense, I advise to r^ta'in it; as from ihe verb suxjc, I w.)u d wme
•<Hm-<7/i,.s;/.«..-i"i/, todi.itini.ui>!) it Iron, suujelh, simj-nuj, when .h«
wonli.appcris to be written on two ditlcrent lu,c^ lor waul of roo.n
2 —if words in c fnua have the last s^ ihible short, u is a nuieh bet-
\fir jTiiide t(» the ear to lot the termmaliou ij(i h^j itseir; as, Jor-ijn-vuj,
for-aic-en, lover, cinn-in<j. , ^ , i ^ ^e ,^,.
' :i -S.u-h iMimiiivLS as take only y after them, have some of the
,fore^>)ing eousouauts juined to it; as, rar-tlrj: but alter «, ^c, and x, it
mast coiuc alone ; as, (jlu-y, Jiaw-n, dox-ij.
KUi.E VI.
Q. What is the sixth oeneral rule for division of sylhbles?
A. Let compound words be reduced ii^to tlieir pnniUive
Q. What is the first consequence oi tins ruler
a" a preposition, as ad, in, itii, sub, per, dis, re, j>re, n nst
he pronounced hy itself; as, ad-e-quaie, in-i-qni-fy, un-e-qual,
xub-urbs, per-ad-ien-tare, dis-v-nife, re-pro-bate, pre-vi-ous.
Ytd w*.' siv pc-ruse, instead ol' per-use. . -, .
Q What is the second consequence of this rule?
A. Belk will he the fust sn liable in lU'th-a-ny, lh>th-ei»
Befh-a-ba-ra, Belh-es-da, i>.c.
Q. What is the third eouse<iurnce of this rulC;
A* 'Vhe teruiination ham will -o by itself at the end of
proper naiues; as. Chat-ham, Fe-rers-ham, Uuck-iiuj-ham,
Eli-ham; except South-am and IVroth-am.
Q. When three consonants meet in the middle of a word,
how must they be divided P , , • ,.,.11.
A. I. If Ibey beuin a word, they must also begin a sjlla-
We totiether; as, ?7-^-.v^/-rt/^. „,i ,i,«
2, if they be prop-r to end a word, they may all end IJje
avllable; as, latch-et. ^ • » r
3 If the iv/o last be proper to beuin a word, or li:e mst of
all {36 /, they begin the syllable together; as, kin-drcd, thim^
\ If the two first of them be pjroper to end a >^ord;, !h«
diird may go to the latter syilnble; as, bank-rupt.
bl(
lul
i
c
t
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
^7
^
Q. Wliat is a diphthong P
A. A diphthont; is tiie uniting of two vowels in one sylla-
ble; as, at in laid.
Q. What is a triphthong:' ^
A. A iri|>hllion^ is the uniting of three vowels la on«j Byl-
hible; aS; lea in adieu.
OF AVOKDS.
Q. Of what do words consist?
A. Of one or more snUhIjU'S.
Q. What is the use of words?
A. To convey our sense of things to another person.
Q. After what manner?
A Bv joining llicnj together in sentences.
OF ^ENTEiN€ES.
Q. What is a sentence P ,
A. W'oids duly joined together in construction make a
sentence ; as, Pride is a very remarkable sin.
Q. What thin us are necessary for the true writing aiMl
readinu: of sentences? -.
A. Stops, and marks of distinction.
OF Sft)PS AND MARKS.
Q. Which are the slops and marks of distinction used in a
sentence r
A. Tliey are a comma, semicolcn, colon, period, and noles
of interrogation and admiration: to which may be added, the
parenthesis, psrathesis, hyphen, apostrophe, diaresis, oapet,
aster ism, index, obelisk, and quotation.
^. What is kV comma P . .
A. Tlie cuimua, maikcd thus (,) is a note of pespiralKM,
at which ve may tukc breath, but must not tarry.
3. What is tiic use of the comma?
A It is of ust fur disiiimuihhing words of the same kind;
C8 nouiis, verbs, and adverlis, coming together in llie same
feenteuce; (or dividing lonu" sentences into short parU, and
lor tiie taking away of aUibiguilies.
Q. Give me an exampli.
A. " Nature clothes the bracts N^ith liair, the bwds l»iw
fcatliers, and the fishes wiiii Sc;>.'.ei,"
Q. \\hdi\':i i\ semicolon P . • ,, I
A. A .seii.icolon, uiarktd thus ( ; ) n-otts a mi'-klle breaUi-
in" between the comma and llie colon.
^Q. What is the use of the semicolon?
. Its chici u«c iS lli \iisiisJ5"!C"" b - -"i^'^'-- ----a
divijioLb.
tf
il
98
A NEW GUiDC
li-i
Q. Give an exr\T.pI".
A. '* You consider ilie jiowor of liciifs; but not oi virtue."
Q. What is a colvm*
A. The colon, nun keil thus ( : ) is a note of long breathing,
M is exein|)liHe<l below.
Q. Whut is tl)e use of tlie colon?
A. It (lisfin/^uisheili a perfect part of a sentence, which has
ft fuli meanini; of its own ; but >ei leaves tiie mine! in suspense
and expectation to kt^ow what lollows.
Q. (live an example.
A. " IJefoie all iliiii;js, it is necessary for a man lo lake ft
trtie estimate of !iiiii;elf : for \\v n:ustly think ourselves able
to do nioie than we can."
Q. What other i;se <.'oes a colon terve U ?
A. It is also used before a coinpaj alive conjunction, in ft
similitude.
Q. (live an example.
A. " As >\e perceive the shr.dov upon the sun-dial, but
itiscfrn not its pro^n >s:oii; and ws the shiiib or t^rass appears
In time to be liiown, bsii is sedi by :u;ne to u;rou : 80 also the
proficiency of our uiis, advancmu; slowly hy small improve-
ments, is peiceived oidy after sonje distance of lime."
Q. What is a period P
A. 'I he peiioil is a lull point, thus ( . )
Q. Of what use is the period?
A. It denotes the hill endiuLT and finishinjf cfa whole sen-
ttnce, nt the conclusion of which it is always placed.
Q. Give an exainph*.
A. " 'there is no man without his peculiar failing."
" Q. What are the jiroper pauses of these stops?
A. The pioper pause o.r rest of each ol these stops may
W thus measured: — 'i he time of sloppini; or restinj,^ at tlie
coiTima, is tiie tiuie oi' Sny\n<^ one; at ih,« semicolon^ o/j<?, owtf;
at the colon, one, one, one; and at the period, one, gne, one,
tme, belore you beuin the next clau!-je or sentence.
Q . W h i c ! 1 is the mar A' f>/ infer r'xja lion i*
A. The note of interroL:afiun is ( ? )
>§! Q. VVhal is the use of this nolei'
A. To RJioH the rtader when a cjueslion is t\she'!.
Q. "(iive an example.
A. " What is the use of this book?"
Q. Which is the vote of (ulmirativn?
X, The note ol aduiiration is ( ! )
Q. Whac 16 the use of this note t'
TO TKE ENGLISH TONGL'S.
89
A. It is used t(t txpifss our woiuler.
Q. Give iiU fsaiitple.
A. " () tlif ciij.s t>r lUrtukiud!* .
Q. Wlial are the |Must"SOl ihese not( s of interroijaiion and
adiniraliiiiir*
A. 'I l;e.v are llie s:uue as that of liie penoil.
Q. V» hill <lo M)U till) a {xiiHtheimi'
A. A pareiiilusis has ivd ( m oked strokes, thus ( ).
Q. What i;i tl^e usf of a p.iUMiUusisi' ^
A. ilserv.s \o ii.tltiile iiie sei.utue in aiiclhtr, wituoul
confouiidinu the sense of .nli-.r, and \el is nt'e^.■^^i>r^ tor lh»
explanatujn ihenol; iuni si. uu!d he r.ad witlt n .u«u- tOQO
of the \oice, sis a ihini; tieat eojne:> hi h)' the hv.
Q. Give an example. , ,. ^ , i
A. I >erily be!ie\e (nor is it a vain heliet) that, there »•
God vht> t.aii re»\a!d «nil punit.h lis.
Q. What IS the pause p»oper lor the parciuh»sis?
A. Eaeh pait ol it is equiil to a comuhi.
Q. Whiil is a txua htsm.'^
A. A parathesis, Krack. ts. or crotchets, are ucually ex-
pressed hy angular lines, thus [ ].
Q. Whiit ls^he use lliereufi'
A. 'I'o distinunish sueh words from the sentence whic»
are an expliinaiiou of the word immediately ptetcdinj,'.
Q. Givi- an ex..iujple.
A. " A treatise ol [concernlnfj] physic."
Q. Wluit is a hinhrii!'
A. A hvphen IS a small hair-stroke, drawn from one word
"to another, tlins ( - )
Q. What is the u^e of the hyphen?
A. It admoni*htlh the u-ader, that the t',.o Numb thus
joined toj^eiher u.ust he pronounced hkc a siufele \sord; tt8,
bird -cage. , ., . » r .u^
The'hvid.en isalso used to connect the sO.ahles of tlw
same wo.Vl, Nuit.en eitlur. for >^ant o» room, in tuo d.ffereni
lines, or. tor ii:stiuctiou m spelhng, in one hne; as, al-tar.
A. An apost.ophe is » comma put at the top of a word, es C )
Q. Wlu-.l is itie use ol tlie apostroplie?
A. It denotes tiie oudssion ol a letter, to make the son.id H
the word luoie uvatetui to the ear; i" ve.L,e. to cut. f ^JV'
lahle for the sake oJ the n.rtie, as jiu/<i d lor juuyd: ni U m
•ubstanlives, to show them to be the geuilivs Ciu.e smguhvr.
Q. VVhut is a tiia;rei.ai
if^
M
A NEW GUIDE
A. Tlic (l!tpre.iis, or diiilysis, is noted by two fuii poiuU
placed at llie lop oi'tho latter of t.vo vouels.
Q. What is ihe iisf oT tlie dia-ivsis?
A. To dissolve the diphthong, and to divide it iuto Uo
syllnbifs; as, Ca/H'nioiiui.
Q. What is a carefr' ■
A. The ci'ref.m.irl^od thus (J, is placed iniderneuth the hno.
Q. What (U)ts It (h noteP
A. It denotes liiat some letter, word, or sentence, is left
«ut by mistake; and must be taken in exactly where it points
(Upwards.
Q. Give an example.
the
A. Thou art , man.
Q. What is an asicrisiu.'*
A. The asterism is marked thus ( * ).
Q. What ib its use?
A. It directs to some note in the margin, or at the bottom
of a page. Several of them set together, signifj' that some-
tiling- is defective or immodest in that passage of the author.
Q. WMiat is an iinJix? -,-«»»
A. It is a hand ^^ilh the forefinger pointing thus (^'.>
•Q. What is its use P
A. It declares tiiat passage to be very rema'rkable, over
against which it is placed.
Q. What is an obe.lhki'
A. An obelisk is marked thus ( f ).
Q. What is its use?
A. It is used like the index. In dictionaries it denotes a
word either obsolete, unclassical, or out of use.
•Q. What is a (/«o/tt//c);;?
A. A quotaiion is a double comma reversed, thus ( ), at
the beginning ol a line.
Q. What is iis u.se?
A. It denotes that passage to be quoted or transcribed
from some author in his own words.
Q. W! y are particular words printed in the italic characterf
A. To 'inform the reader, that the stress of the sentence
lies therein, or that they are written to the praise or to the
dispraise of some person.
OF BOOKS.
Q. How are hooks divided?
A. liooks are usuaiiy uiviucu mx-v --ijw|!.ts=> ^^- — ^"-: r —
graphs, and verses.
m(
^,^^
01
tl
li
V
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
91
A. .Chapters coniaiu the principal heads, subject, or argn-
ment of a hook.
Q. Whit are .-J<?c//o«.s.^ r i ♦ . ;.w.V.i^h
A Seclio. s are ihe largest divisions of a chapter, in wh eh
,1., jnmenhu- ar.u.nents of the chapter are d.sMnctly (livulea
nnd ireatfd ofsejiarately. _ , -u^i?
H ii5 uhat marl; are sections dislinguishuir
A. r»v this mark (§)
<) Wliat are imraaraphs? , ,■ • •
A Pa aVraph. are certain h.r.e member, or diVis.ons
of^"cV.u UT or of a section; coutai.dnu a |>erlect sense of
. 1^ i; 'e n4.ed of, an<l calculated ior the -'vantage o
Ihe nair: because at the end thereol he may make a la.ger
nnnse than nsilal at the end of a peitod.
* Q. By ^^hat mark are paraj-raplis distingOKihed!'
A. Hv this niaik (U).
"t L^'pro^rittthe shortest division of a chapter as U
lartw ex mpiuiedin the Holy Bible; but in P-tica >jti.
i^^ °s, it convl-vs to us an idea ot a certain number oi sylla-
lies ^rtlully con.pacted in one line^^.-aUty the ear.
CHAP. II.
OF P 11 O S O D Y.
O fUTHAT is prosoihiP . ,. -
^ ^ A Prosody teucheth the true pronunciation of
syllables ana\vords, according to their proper quantities,
Anrl tones or accents.
and tones or^^^ ^^^^^ QUANTITIES OF WORDS
Q What mean vou by the quanUhi ol a wordi*
A. The quantity of a word or syllable is that by which v>«
measure thi time allo^ved for the pronunciation thereof.
Q. How is tlie quantity of a uord divided i
A It is divided into nhort and long.
Q. How is the short quantity known.
A. By a quick pronunciation; as, not
q' How is the long quantity known? ^ k -♦
a: By a slow pronunciation, or twice the time of a short
enantity; as, noi^. ^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^
Q. What is an acc^n^/' ' .. „ ... ,a-.
A A lon«. or accent, denoteth the raising or fallmg of >tiie
roice on'aVylUible, according to the .jaanuij UieceOi.
!i.imtis«i!*"»'»"i»g!».'iw;
92
A NEW GUIDE
:t :
■tl!
Iti !l
Q. I/ow many nccfuts are llu'rei*
^A. TliHir nr Ihr*-.- HO.vnts; llie ioiiij (") ar ('), the short
( "), an 1 \\i\\ C(;ini:OM ( ' ),
Q. U Iial is Vu^ initf/ i\Civu{?
A. it H<!ii;<)m.sljt.th us lo jiroiiounee llic syllable ilow; aa,
minif.
Q. W!i;'t ii llie sJ orf accent?
A. ltiM!'u(»n=s!»iil! iis»(j|Moiu)mirelIii'svIlubl<'f|uick;a8,/(;^
Q. VVli:,t, is !!i:' roiniiioii itcft u, P
A. 1 1 halii no M'^aiii to tlu' liininimlical cjunntify of a bvU
lable; but. i> iii^ plated over a \o\\\A, <l«Muitfs tbt; tone or
fitivss of the vdict' Ut be upon ibar sn liable; as. plentif.
..-.^ '*■'■"•" ''"'^ ''-'''"'"''"''''"''*"'*"''*•'''"'" "'^*''' '*> I'ffi'lish NvritfiB, bijtonJy fct
^mert-iire' vaKr. o -e d'sri i.'tiisl. (lie MiDsuuilivf H-t-l iioin the x-rli t a-l vr li'adt of
e,i»c tl) fix Ww. ^^.^: \: y.\w ,,,1; Oi'';ii.if Ui.tii •,!..• sv II aUi-, ;n*u(1j. tliuiuh s(n-It lilikf. Iiave
ijil.'oiviit Mjf fiM ions, iiii't tlie .cc-iM •■ii liilf-ivi.t ^\ il;,l)le!.: iii in the Mibmanlivo
iAiitrati,i\.n\[ :.* \i:t\) cimiiti t; oiii Hif .sii!)s!ai,ii\«' u'ivut,.uui\ 111.- mlj.Tt ve i/itnJ^A
Bdi th«' loim 'ii.t Ihi- slidit a'V iM'icli n.-i-.! in I ; In ilii'f'nrar:*-.'* and ^r4iiiti.4li, lUt klfO
vwi Which is.\i!,i-d '.uiinui.n, aiul Mir ( ' ) is ir.uch iis«d .imoii:,'st the Frenc!» writer*
CHAC. III.
() I^ A N A L G Y.
Q. ^^"^aiA'!' is auala.;ifP
A. .Vila!. (UN hatbes ns ))ovv to know distinctly
oil tbe several |>ans o! ^|»e^•e!l in tlie Mnnlisb ton<'Ue.
Q. IU)\v !i:aii\ parts v! sprreb aie ibere?
A. Li-iii: \iz, N;)iiii, proiujr.n, veib, paiticiple, adverb,
fronjunciioii, pupusiiion, and iiiteijection.
OF A NOt'xN.
Q. How mariY kincis oi iieiins aie there?
A. iv.u: li uiLf.tiuiUre iiuil ao'jectitr,
OF SUBSIANTIVES.
Q. Vi'Iiaf h a noijn substuuiirei'
A. It is {\'A' n,u! !• jJany beinu or tliinj;, perceivable citb««
by tbe senses or \U,: niubrslancluii; ; a.s, a horse, a book.
Q. lio V naiiv kinds ol noun substcUitives are ibere**
A. Tv^o: firojur an! coninuju.
Q. What is a subsfanlive pri)j)ei''
A. It is llie nauieol some |.ar'ieiil;\r person, creature, place,
or thinif; as one jr an is called 'J'Aoitui.^, another John. On«
Itorse is calKd Joi/u, and anoilnr IVhihfoot. One ship if
^lleil tbe Lion, and another ibe Seu-ko-se, i)iu* ijlacc i$
Cnlled London, and anoiiier I risiol.
TO Tlir I. 'MS. TONGUE.
03
i short
w; aa,
as, lot,
ine or
i only Ibr
liadf ot
ike. have
).Htanliv«t
i uiinutf,
ritera
inctlj
v"
Iverfe,
i'lthe^
}lace.
One
lip if
ce is
Q. What is n suhstanlivp comuufii?
A. It is Jhc nairx I ,>\erv (hinu of the same kind and de-
nominnliDii; a<, n "«, a ^<V/' " ''"''''•
Q. HoNv nil' tiin<;8 btli.ni: •«' »i noun?
A. 'Hm re l.< . to a "uw" • »«' **'"^*'" tilings: number,
ease, gender, }h '^ az-Zu;/^, dnlnision, and cum/'«'*«^"«
OF NU.wBE'
Q. Wlnvi is vumbrr?
A. It is tlie >lisliiiction of nn»- froni ina?;y.
Q. How many nni! l.f^r.' etliciv?
A. Two: tlie'.s///;/' '"'' ■ ilif /'/«/'"/.
Q. How is the .s</'r////r7/- number known?
A. 'I he sinyuhvr munhtT siuakt-th i)nt of one; ns, a booB.
Q. How is thtty^/M/v// niiniixT known?
A. The plural nnnibei speaketh of more than one; as, book».
Q. Have all nouns two nnnil)trs?
\. No: some f.ouns, such as tlie , per names of places,
liavenopluial; ixsj.onchn, ro//-,&c.; as als.. //w<?. «//- ^c, &C.:
others have no sin-ular ; as, a.sh^s, bellows, &c : ai some lew
arc used in both numbers; as, sherp, sictne, ilcr, ixQ.
iiV CASE.
Q. How many caF,es are there in a noun?
A Six cases," singularly and plurallv.
Q. Wliich be thcv?
A. The iwminafhe, the genitive, \hc dalive, tlie accusatw^,
the ivcalice, and the ahlatico.
OF GENDER.
Q. What is qenderP .
A. Gender i's the diiH rence of nouns accordmi; to their sex.
Q. How many tjendcrs are there?
A. Tl'.rec: the masculine, l\w fcwiiiinc, and the neuter.
Q. What nouns are of the masculine gender?
A. Ail nouns ot the male kind; as, a /<i//'/.'r, a sc«, a Aorw,
t lion. . , -
Q. What nouns are orthe/^'W/;?//?6- irrnder.^
A^ All nouns of the lemale kitsd; as, a mof/ier, a daughUr,
A mare, a lioness.
Q, Whrt nouns arc of the ucafer irender? , , . .
A. All nouns that are miiher of the male or female kind;
as, a s//t7i-, or a sto7ie.
Q. Have bil r.oiins these distinctions!
A. There are some ni^uns common to both sexes, which aie
oalle'j epicene; as, a qmirow, a iervimt, a art, a rahbiL
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
i.l
1.25
■ 30 l*^™
^ m
2.2
2.0
u
1=
1.6
Pi
.%
A
^^
^
c?"^ .^."^ ^'
/A
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. )4S80
(716) 872-4503
iV
,v
%
.V
m
:\
\
;\
^'.-^
^^4.^'
^
94'
A NEW GUIDE
4
1
Q. liow is tlu; sex or gendor (listinj^uisliefl here?
A. By Ihe lielpof some other tlistinguishinir words; as" a
et)ck' sparrow, a hen-spnrroW: -^ man-servant, a maid-servant'^
a he-cat, a she-cat, a male-rahbit, i\ female-rabbit.
Note.— There are some words which, though they be of the neuter
gender, are ofun, by custom, used as if they were of the masculine or
femiuiue ,i,n,n<]er. For wo commonly say of the sun : " His g(»iug lortu
is from the euds of the heaven, and hi^t circuit unto t^e ends ol it
Psalm xix. 1,6. A nd of the cluifch we say : " 67m; hath nourished /«?»•
children, hut they have rebelled against her."
OF PERSON.
Q. How many persons belono: to a noun.'*
A. There me three persons in both numbers: the//'S^ who
is alwavs he lliat speaketh; the second, who is always the per-
son or thins spoken to; the third, who is always the person
or thinv: spoken of.
Q. Give an example.
ANSWER.
Singular.
1. I.
2. Thou, or you.
3. He, slie, it— this, that.
Plural.
1. We.
2. Ye, or you.
3. 'I'hey— these, those.
Note— That all Rouns arc of the third person, except /, and Itum
or you; we, and yc or you.
OF THE ARTICLES.
Q. What is an article!'
A. It is a word set before a snbstiintive, for the clearer
and more particular cxprfssiiiji oiits case and significalioa.
Q. How ipany articles are tlicre.^
A. Two: a or an, and the.
Q. When is a or an used?
A. A or an is used in a general and unlimited sense; as,
"A man (that is, any man) shall be commended according to
his wisdom. .//« organ (that is, any origan) is the best of all
©ther musical instruments."
NoTK. A is used before a consonant; an, before a vowel.
Q. When is the article the used.?
A. The is used to convey a certain idea of that thing or
pe4-«on spoken of; as, " The man (or, this very man) who teach-
eth the art of true speH'ug, has done mc miah good."
Note.— .Substantives proper have naturally no article set before
them, except when some words are understood.;_as, i/{<? Tfiames, that
fe, the river Thames; the lyne, thai i . Me river i yue: or else waeu is
is' used bv way of cminenro; as, Ihe God of tlie Hebrews. ■ _
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE. ^
Q. Do ihc adjecllves admit of any article before th.^m?
A. 'J'hey do: but it is by virtue ot some substantive e%^
pressed or understood; as, " A //(W servant {jjeneraliy make*
n good )naster. 1'liey gathered il)o good [fishes] into vesseltfi
but cast the bad away." Matt. xiii. 48.
y OF THE DECLENSION OF A NOUN.
Q. What is meant by the word dcchmdon!'
A, Declension is the variation of a word by cases,
Q. How are nouns declined, or varied by cases?
A. Thus:
Sinpilar,
Nona. A buck.
iitxis Of a l>f)()k.
Dat. To a book.
Ace. The Dook.
V<rfe. O book.
Abl. From a book.
Singular.
Nitra. A ciiiircl).
(rcn. Of a church.
Dat. . To a church.
Ace. 'I'ijt cliurch.
Voe. O chuirh.
Abl. From a church.
NoTK. — All nouns which make the plural number by the addition
of 4- or cs to the siiiirular, are regular; the rest ive irregularj as,
riur«l.
Plural.
Nora.
iit)oks.
Gen.
Of books.
Dat.
To books.
Ace.
The books.
Voc.
O bot)ks.
Abl.
Fr 'UJ books.
I'Uiral.
Nt»iii.
Churcl.es.
Gen.
0!' churches.
Dat.
To churches.
A(!c.
'1 iie ciiur-jhcs.
Voe.
O churches.
Abl.
From churches.
Norn.
(icn.
Dut.
Aec.
Voe.
Abl.
StiiKular.
A in '.in.
Ol' u man.
To a man.
The man.
() man.
From a man.
Nora.
Men.
Gen.
Of men
J):jt.
To men.
Ace.
Tile men.
Voc.
() men.
Abl.
From men.
Note I. — Pmny, in the .singular nuniber, makes jwnce in the plural,
ftut from sevciai jtaiticular silver coins which .sj.auk ihcii own value,
the word pence is uiudc a si: f^uhir nunibtr, and its j)hirai becomes
penres. I'hns, in liie singular number we say, one siriwnce, one /ot&-
jtence, one thnepnice, and one tnopence; but in the ]>lural number.
Ivvo or more iiicjiMiues,fouriJences, threepences, and twojnmccs.
2.— A penny, when spoken of a 4;7icr ^jchh^, makes y>t/i«Jts in ll»«^
j)lural: thus we say in the singular number, oue diver penny, h A \u
Jbe plural, two or more silver pennies.
OF ADJECTIVES.
Q. What is an adjrciiveP
A. 'It is a wi)rd that ex])resses the quality or manner of a
thing:; as, good, bad, great, small.
Q. W4iere is the. adjeetive to be placed .^
we-) as, a good boy. Yet sometitnM
A. Before its subsli
06
A NEW fi(;iT>R
tvhen \\\n-c me more ailjrciivrs tliaii one joined lopelher, or
one iuljrclive «iili oilur «or«!s <U'|>en«iiii« on W, the luljeciivo
TOj' ' be set alter lliesubstaiilivf; iis, 'A general both wtsetind
raiianf : a unMi a/tilfiil in iiumbfis."
Q \V\iM (!o you observe of two subslanlives put together
in composiiion.
A. Th" HtsI takes to itself tbe nntiirP of an ndjeclive. and
is comin«)nly joined to the ibilowinii substaniive by ti Ijyphenj
HUB, a f-ni/itih,
Q. How are subslanlives and adjectives declined logelherr
A. Thus;
Singular.
N'»in. A j?-iMd b:>y.
(len. dt'ji g'»(»a"l)ov.
Dat. '!'•» a u:<»n(l hoy.
Ace. The iritnd bi»y.
Vnc. C) c:imd b«»y.
Abl. Fruin a gooU boy.
riiiral.
Nora. The irtMul hoys.
(jcii. Of good boys.
Dat. T«» jfood hoys.
Act'. 'I"he ^oo(l boyt.
V<'C. t^ i;<uid hoys.
Abl. From good boji.
OF THE COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
Q. What is meant by conparicm?
A. It is the variation ot a vord by degrees. Recording to
the qnni\lity of its siunifieation
Q. What adjeetives admit o{" comparison'
A. .Ail those «li<)se sl^niiication may increase, or be dl-
minisht 1: none c'sie.
Q. H')sv many ifeff^ecx of coinporkon are there.''
A. 'Ihree: ihe jiositive, the comparative, and the super-
lative.
Q, What is the pm^iihe de<;ree.'*
A. 'i he positive (U-gree menlionelli the thing absolutely,
wilhont any itieivase or diminnlion; as, luuff, Uwrt, luise.
Q. What is thf com/ a ra I in; <!eoiee?
A. 'I lie comparative someMhat increaseth or dimirJsheth
its po.sitiv*' iu siunificaUon; as, loni/cr, or mure Ion//; shorter,
or more short; wiser, or riwrc. tr'ns.
Q. What is the is u per la live di'tjiTite? ^ ^ ;
A. '!he s'.ipi rlative increastlh or diminisheth the signifiCR-
tion of its p« silive to the ndiiost decree; as, lonfjcst, or me^t
Ivnq; ahorlc^'t, or mo^t thorf; wisest, or most wififi.
Q. Are all adjectives that admit ot* any conjparison COBa-
pared (husi*
ia.. It \j * CTVfisiv
baih, uwrsii, tcor
Y: muck, more, most ; lilUe, less, least.
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
CHAP. IV.
OF PRONOUNS.
09-
Q. VCTHAT is a ■prononnF
A. A pruiiuun is a part of speech that sopplieth
the place of a noun
Q. ^^o\v many things belong to a pronoun?
^. Tiiere belong to a pronoun, number, case, gender, pef-
§mn, and declension.
Q. How many kintis of pronouns are there?
A. Two: sul)i'antiv«' and a(lje( live.
Q. Which are ilie pronouns subsfanfirep
A. These: /, ihou,X}: you; he, she, it; and their plurals,
tte, ye or you, ihcy.
Q, Wliich are the pronouns adjective!*
* A My, mine; thy, tJJne; oar, curs; your, yours; wktj,
which, ivha!; ihis, thni; same; hivise/f, herself, itself, &c.
Q. What is the use o( lht>se pronouns adjective?
A. By some a (jue.stion is askeci; as, ' ho teachcth me?
fVhai new method is this?" Hy oihcrs we learn the truenot-
gessor of a thing; as, " This is my book." By some we call to
mind somelhing that is pasl; as," This \s the book «;Md»
[book] I tent you." By oHurs sve demonstrate our meftniugt
as, "What I said to John, the same \ say to you. Live well,
Q. What pronouns are of iha first person**
t A. / and ive.
Q. What pronouns are of the s^cowf^person?
A. Thou or you, ye or you. 'I he rest are of the third.
Q. How is the pronoun / declined?
A. Thus: i
Singular.
*>;
Norn. I. Nom. We.
Gen. Of me. Gen. Of us.
Dat. 'i'o me. Dat. To ua.
Ace. JVle. Ace. Us.
Yoc. Js naiiting. Vvc. Is nxtnting.
hh\. From me. Abl. From us,
Q. How is the pronoun thou or you declined?
A. I'hus:
Singular.
>!tal
1
•4
Nom. Tlu)u, or you.
Gen. Of \\\e(i, or of yon.
Dat. To thee, or to you.
Ace. Thee, or you.
Vn>. i\ tu.
Abl. From v. n- f'-' m v
on
HunL
Nom. Ye, or yon.
Gen. Of you.
Dat. To yon.
Ace. Ye, o^r O yow*-
Vs.c. Oyc.orvoa,
m
.a'Iit4(A^NEW GUIDE
=t~
■ {^
Q. How are the pronouns he, she, if, declined?
A. Thus:
Noui.
Uen.
Vi»o.
Abl.
Me.
Oihim.
To him,
llim.
Is jvaiiting.
I'Voiu llim.
Singular.
She.
Of lier.
To her.
Her.
• /.■>• wantini).
From her.
It.
Of it.
To it.
ft.
Is wanting.
Fro'.n it.
Noni.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Voc.
Abl.
Plurml.
They.
Oflheu.
To thei.v
'I Ijein.
From tbei.\
** NoTte. — Uis, hersy its, and thiirs, being pronouns possessive*, aro
f:ci|iienlly used for the genitive cases of A>", she, it, a«d they. r-s
CHAP. V.
F A V E R B.
Q. ^yUAT is fi verb?
A. A verb is a part of speech that betokf Belli
Vitiuyf.; i\s, I live: doin^ ; as, / love: or suffering-; as, I am loved.
Q. How many kinds ol' verbs are there.?
A. 'Ihree: active, passive, dud neulcr.
Q. What is a verb acliiei* *.
A. A verb active is a word that denolelh aiction, but in
such a manner as to admit after it the accusative case of the
thing it acts upon; as, / loved him.
Q. What is a verb f ansiix'?
"MA. A verb passive belokeneiii isufTeiing; as, I am Ijced^
Q. What is a verb neu/er? • . j
A. A verb neiUer sigtiifus the stito or being-, and somt-
times the action of a person or thing-; but has no noun after
it to denote the subject of action.
Q. How many different ways is a verb neuter express if
A. Two ways: sometimes actively; an, I Jit/ hi ; and souio-
times passively; as, / am sick.
Q. How many things belong- to a veibi*
A. Four: mood, tense, number, and rcrson.
OF TtlE MOODS.
Q. W\mt\s a moo dp k
A. It is the manner by which a verb shons its signification.
Q. How many moods are there?
A. Six: the Indicative, the kvnperative, the Optative, the
Potential, the Subjunctive, and ihe Intinitive.
Q. How are these moods kBO'.vn?
A. L The Indicative Muod- i\'mc\\y dcclarelh a thing tru#
__ r.l..
or ji;«3t
read i
T /.
T\,
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
2. The Imperative Mood biddelh, or commnndeth
99
a«.
Head thou.
3. Ihe Oplaliie Mood willeth or de*ireth; as, / wish I
could read.
4 The Pvlcntial Mood showeth power, cr ibe want of it;
Qnd '8 knov\n by these si^ns, may, can, miyht, would, should
could, or ought; as, / can work or play, just as 1 please; Joha^
Kould play, l)ut his master will not lit him
5 li\\e Subjunctive Mood is conditioDnl, having always a
conjunction joined to it; as, When I can love; or^ If I may
read*
G Ihe hifiuitive Mood affiimeth nothinf^s but signifieth
indefinitely; liaNing neiilier number, t;or person, nor notni-
nalive case before it; and it is commonly known by this sign ,
to before it; as, 'fo loiw
Q. or what do moods consist'*
A. or tenses.
OF THE TENSES.
Q. What is a faisci'
A. ft is ihe ('.ist.ijctioii of time. ^
Q. How many tenses are there?
( l*resent, ^ ( Present Tense,
\. lhree:< Past, > viz. < t^retei perfect 'I'ense, and the
(^ To come,) ( future Tense.
There is also another division of lime alter this manner:
the Vveterpcrfect Tense is subdivided into the Prelerimperfecl
Tense, or ii;e time not [ierlectly past; and the Preterpluper-
feet Tense, or the time lony past.
And to these may be added, what llic Greeks call a Second
Future.
Q. IIow is the Present Tense known?
A. It is known hy lluse signs, do, dost, does, doth; nn<l
speaketh of an action now doing, but u-ol finisij^icd; as, / do
read; that is, / hare not yet done reading.
Q. Elow is the Preterj-eyfecl Tense known?
A. It is known by these signs, have, hast, hath, and ha:^;
nnd speaketh cf the time perlecily past, and of the action
Hnishid, >^ithout regard to any thing else; as, / have read,
or quite done reading. .
Q, How is the Preterimperfect Tense known? a
A. By the sij^ns did and did.^t, and speaketh also of the
time past, but 9h()\<s that something was then a dolufr, bttt
not I'inibheu at ttiat time which we speak oi; as, I dia remtt
ivh i
I'e yoH wrr
ni pi
pi'f'h
/
A NEW criDE
m
Q. How is the Prelerpluperfvcl Tcnae known?
A. I3y ihe siuns haJ :«u(l hn<Ut, ■,uu\ sppHkclh niso of the
time p.sf, l)ut sijows lluu soirutliinu had hteii done before
another tiling that was (!'.".e and past ; as, / had read an Jiour
before I wrote uit/ rxereise.
Q. How is the First Fiilnre Tense known? •
A. The first futnn' iens<- is kho\^n hy iho siyns shaU and-
will; and sjieakctii of a -lioit ^y^vv of tinu' (o come; at, I
will rp( d pre.seuf/i/. Yon y/iull wile to-morrow. *
, Q. How is ihi' Second Ffitiire 'Dnise known?
A. The stcond fntnrt' tense is l^nown 1 y the sifjn §haU or
will he 'after, and .speaktth ol a lunj; sj)i;( e of time to comi;:
t», / sh'.tll read hereafter.
, OF THE NUMBER OF VERBS.
Q. How mr'.ny nuuiljers are (here in verbs?
A. 'two: the A///c/»/tfr and the ;//}/;•«/.
Q. How do yon know the nnniher ol the verb?
A. ]\y the iinnd)er ol its noininalive c.ise.
• I. Have hII verl<s iinrril)t'isP
A. All l>nt vejhs of the infinitive mood, \^hich Ii»ve DO
» umber, because ifiey adiiiit ol no iiominiitive case.
OF THE PERSON OF VEilBS.
Q. Flow are verbs otherwise divided? ^
A. Into personals and ini personals.
^., What is a veib personal !*
A. Any verb tiiat will adinit tiie pronouns, i, /Ao?/, Atf, M^/
aud their plurals, we, ye or thvy, beiore it.
Q. What is a verb i in persona IP
A. It is an absolute verb, v.hieli halh only one person;
and therefore can only admit ot the pronoun i7 before it; as,
it raiftefh; it freezelh; it is hot; it is cold.
Q. Plow many kin<ls of impeisonals are there?
A. 'I wo: •ctive; as, it rains: passive; &s ii is warm.
OF THE HELPING VERBS.
Q. What is a /t/?//;//?,^ verb ?
A. It is a verb that is i)refixed to nnolher verb, to denote
or signify the time, or the mood, or the manner of the verb.
,Q. Which are the helj>iny: veibs?
A. Do, dost, does, doth, did, didst, have, hast, has, hath,
had, hadst, will, wilt, shall, shall, may, mayst, can, canst,
■light, unjihtst, woubl, wnuldst, should, shouldst, could,
tvtsi* vuijiit,, vruj^uisv, «c(,, aiu, aic, :s, nciSy WCie, UeC'U,aau 9^^
\
TO THE l!:NGLISll TONGUE.
101
Of the I'ormafion c/lhe Fetb Active^ — To educate.
Q. C'onjiigaU^ ilifi^nl) uciivi', to oilutate, lliiough mo<Kl
sud tense.
INDICATIVH MOOD.
PKt;sr:>: r tk.nsf..
Sing. I €<Uicnte or do idiMun;; »ln>u tdutatcft or dost educate, or
you i-dtu-ntf or ducdiu-afe; be eiUicattlli, tiluciili'P, vr dolh ur doe*
rducatf. — Plih. Wt- ttlutatt- or J« tdutaiti }e vr }uu tducule^or da
educate^ ihe^ iducatc or do <'(hii-;ilf.
FnKTEKl'KKKti'T TENSK.
SiNo. T have cdiunu-d; tlii>ii Iiusi,m\«.u have educated; lie hfllh
Whasedurii'td. — \ i.vn. Wc have tducuudi _\et.r xuu iiuvc «. Jucalei;
they have educated.
■ ?iJ"' PRETRni.MrEUFKCT TPNSE.
StNO. T"edncatcd u did educate; tln'ii cdiuattdst m- didst ediicaile,
or jou educated «/• did educate; iie cduiaied ur did educate. — FLt'M.
Me educated or did tduciile; ye or ym educaled, or did euucate;
Utey educated ur did rducate.
PKEIKKPLl PEMFKCT 1 ENfcE.
6!NG. I had ediKattd; ihiii hadst ur }(*u bad educated; he had
rdueattd. — TLtit. \\ e l.ad (.dt;cuiid; \e i.r \ou had tdiiiatedj thvy
Lad educated.
rii<8T FtrruK tknse.
Sing. 1 Minll or will idiuate; thuu si nit cr t^ilt, or voii rhall mt
will tducaie; he sl.all or w ill educau — Tiik. We ^liall or will edu-
cate; }'e ui- ^ov\ shall ur will educate; tht y ^l.ull tr \\itl educate.
BKCONIV FlTl'KE ^K^hE.
Sing. 1 i^liall ut will «»!uc:tU' lun niter; lluu nhalt or wilt, or ytm
*hall oj' will «dn»ali- li« Hill:! r; lie vial) #.r will tdutale lienafter —
pLtR. ^Ve .•'huli <-r will iduuite Itrialtir; vt «'r >• u shall or will udi^
cale hticuUer, ihtv s-hs.l. <r "i!l «<lLtaif h«MiatUr.
I \\ I'l. 1{ AT i Vi: MOOf).
Sing. Kdtn;itf th<u; Itt Inin iducaie. — Pmr. Let us educate^
educate ye; le|; theui e<liicate.
FO'l l^NTrAL .VOOD.
Sing. T ranv on an rdrcate; thnu nii}<t or enn?t. or yon niat ©r
tan educate; he v,w\ rr vmx ediuute. — I'lcn. We may or eaii edu-
cate; ye VI y>i\ uii«> or <ui] e«!iiiale, i!iey may or can tducute.
PJP K IE K PK li FK<T TK N >!•:.
FiNG. 1 might ir ei.uld lave ediuattd; thou n.ifrhtst or couldst,
or vou miulil*'/ ri»?jid l.j vk tdicalid; Ic iwiufct or couhlj.ave educate*?,
— |- Ll K. We uil^lU or eniild hiive t«Ii catvd; sc f r you u.igiit or e;)lU4
bavt! edue;acd; thiv iniiilit or ct-isld h.^U' tvlucuted.
r.jBitia^il'F.HH-.rT Tt^■SK.
Siso. r jnijjht »-r c<u d I'diu ate; thou mil, htst rr oouldft, o» yon
||B>5^hl J} could e/iucate; )h- itiii'la <r could «'i..c»r.e. — Ptcu. Weinighl
or eouid idn<aie; yc vr ^ou ini^ht or ciuUd educate; they plight W
eouiu (educate.
»>feia*«*»*«*»« .
102
A NEW GT IDE
ruKTEKiLUFEHFKcr ti:n>i:.
SlNO. I nilglit or (ould liare had educated; lliou nii^'lilit or cotJdst,
or you might o could have hnd cdiiculed; ^e might or loiild luuc
hud cdutalfd. — I'l.i'i!, VVi; niif;;ht «r e«)ii!d have hu'l cdiu;;!vdj y or
jou miglit or cuuld hare had educated; they uiighl vr tuuld have had
educated.
riKST Fl'TURE TENSE t« ivmiting.
SECOND FIITI'HE TENSE.
BiNO. 1 inny <»r can educate hereafter; thou mayst vr canst, or yon
nay or tnn educate henaller; he may or can educate hereafter.—-
1'luh. We may or can educate hereafter; ye or you may or can edu-
cille hereafter; they may or can educate hereafter.
The Ofitative Mood is maile hy |)refjxius[ an adverb of wishing to the
Totential M«»od; as, O that I mujUt vdiivate, 4r.
The Subjjntlive Mood is made by jireljxing a cojijunction to the Po-
tential Mood; as, J/ J could educate, ^c.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present tense, To educate.
J'reterpcr/cci tense, To have educated.
Preterimjurfect tense 1
Preterpluper/eet tense > are wanting.
» First future tense }
Secimd future tense, To educate hereafter.
m
Ma
i
Pakticiple of the present tense, Educating.
Of the Formation of the Verb rassive, — To be educated,
* Q. Ilow is the verb passire coiijtigated?
A. By the help of the verb am or be, and their derivativet.
Q. Give an example.
INDICATIVE WOOD.
PRESENT TENSE. • ,,
SiNo. I am educated; thou art or you arc educated; he is edu-
cated.— Ptvu. We are educated; ye or you are educated; they are
educated.
PRETERPERFECT TENSE.
Si NO. I have been educated ; tliou hast or you have been educated;
he hath or has bccu educated —Pi,ur. We have been educated; ye»r
you have been educated; they have been educated.
PRETERIMPEUFF.CT TENSB. '
Sing. 1 was educated; thou wast or you was educated; Ik? wAs
educated —Pluu. We were educated; ye or you were educated; they
were educated.
PRETERPLVPERFECT TENSE.
SiNO. 1 had been educated; thou hadst or you had been educated;
.'iie had been educated.— Plur. We had been eductitwl; ye or you IimI
iMAn Mlucate(.\: thev had been educated.
i
TO THE KKG 1.18U TONGUE.
m
did luue
(I J \c «r
iiuvv liad
si, or yot
rciiftcr. —
tan cdu-
ing to the
to the Po-
[ucated.
ivativei.
le is cdn-
ihcy are
educated;
ed; year
; Ik? wAs
ted; they
educated J
r^ou IimI
FIRST Fint «E IfcNSE.
fixKO. 1 sliuU or V, ill Ik- tdinutnl; tluiu flmlt cr Axilt, or \< u fliiiU
•rMill he tdiKatcd; lie tliuU or will ite rdurutttl — I'lUK. \Vc sUhW
♦7- viiii be tduci'Ud; ye or you fchall or will be educated ; they filinll or
uill be educated.
SECONT FUTIRK TENSE.
1 sliall ftr will be rdutated henafier; tlifui plmlt or wilt, or you
shall or will be ducnted herenlter; lio shall cr will be educated liero-
uftcr. — Vlvr. We shall or will be educated hereafter; ye or you shall
or will be educated hereafter; tiiey sha'l or will be cducated'hcreaftcr
1 M P K R A T 1 V E M tJ < J D.
SiNO. lie tliou cducntod; let bitn be educated.— Pi.rR. Let ui !>•
educated; be yc educated; let tlieiii be edueoted.
i»()ti:ntial mood. . V\
PKEM NT TENSE. - ,
SiNO. ! may or can be f ducnttd; tlmii mays! or canst, or you mty
or can be educated; he may cr can be educated. — Flub. We may or
vAn be educated; ye cr you may or can be educated; they way ©r caa
be educated.
rilETEBrEKFECT TEKSB. ,'%
Sing. T miglit or could have been educated ; thou might^t or
couldst, or you might or could have been educated; he might or could
have been educated. — Plub. We might or coeld liave been educated;
ye (JT you might or could have been educated; they might or coald
have been educated.
FBETEniMPERFECT TENSE.
• Stng. I might or could be tducattd; thou mightst or couldst, or
^you might or could be educated; he might or could he educated.—
Pluk. We might or could be educated; ye or you might or could be
educated; they might or could be educated.
I
P.1ETERPLUPERFECT TENSE.
Sing. I might or could have had been educated; thou mightst tr
couldst, or you might or could have had been educated; he mig^ht or
could have had been educated. — Piur. We might or could have had
been educated; ye or you might or could have had been educated;
Ihey might or could have had been educated.
FIKST FUTURE TENSE 15 nJOn/in^.
SECOND FUTURE TENSE.
SiNO. I may or can be educated hereafter; thou raayst or canst, <»r yriS"
may or can be educated hereafter; he may or can be educated hereafler.a,
— PluRv We may or can be educated hereafier; ye oi- you may or can
be educated hereafter; they may or can be educated hereafter.
The Optative Mood is made by prefixing an adverb of wishing to th»
Potential Mood; as, that J can ie educated ! ox O that I could be cdu-
. cated, tfc.
The Subjunctive Mood is made by prefixing a conjunction to lb«
Potential Mood; as, 1/ f could be educated, Sfc.
I
^ ■■••«*»''in«**«S«**ll(|NilsSv!.i«-;-
104
A NEW OUIDB
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pnafnt hn$e. To be educated.
Pnk'rprr/nt teniw. To have been educated.
Preterin/ifr/vrl Unnc )
PreterplufHufvrt tvime > are wanting;.
Firut future teme )
ScCMHd/uturv ttn»c, Tu bo ediicnttd hereafter.
, l» A U TI C I P L E o/' the preUr ten$i', Educated.
Q. How are verb neo'ers fornitMl ?
A. Some like verbs activ«% nnd some like verbs passive.
Q. How are verbs impersonal (orrned ?
A. Impersonnis are I6rme<i iliroiiirhout all inootli and
tenses in the tliirti person singular only.
Q. Give an example of the /brmalion of the verb imper
■pnal active, // rains.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Pre$ent ten$e, Tt rains, or doth or does rain, or it ralQeth.
Prettr perfect teusr, It hath rained.
Prctermtptrfect tense. It rained, or did raid.
iPreterplupiifiTt tense, It had rain.'d.
First future tensi; it kIihII or will rain,
iSecvnd future teme. It siiall o» will rain hereaAer.
IMPERATIVE r.iooD— Let it rain.
^ POTENTIAL MOOD.
Present tense, Tt may or can rain.
Prsterperfi'ct tei>se. It niij^lit or t«in'd have rained. *
Pret^rimperfett te:'se, It nii^lit or tou.d rain.
Prttirphtpirfett tvusi; It might or could have rained.
First Juture tense is Wiint-'ng,
Second future tense, it njay or can rain hereafter.
.L ^^^'^'"''i'f '^^f'"' '" '"^''*'" '^.v I'rt'fixins an adreibof wishing ««
llw Potential M-odj as, O that it mi^ht rain, *r. ^*
l^e 6WyHnr/,i;e A/,w is ,„,„ie ;>v j.refixing a uonjundioa toiM
Putential Aloud ; as, // n mi,jht rainji^e. J ««m «• «•
T n E I N F I N IT I V E MO O ]) is wanting.
Q. Give an example of the formation oi the veyb ImDer-
|>ltii.t piUibive, // is reported.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Present tense, Tt is reported.
Pretet perfect tense, It Jiath t>r has l)cen reported.
i^vfUirim perfect teme, It was reported.
Pretvr pluperfect tense. It hud i)een imported.
Fiist future tense. It shall or will be reported.
»v'4 4iti«9»d future tensey it shall or will be reported hertOjte
IMPERATIVE Moon --Let it be retiorti^/!.
:'-f
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
106
POTENTIAL »10<»D.
Prramt tentf, It may fir tun »« npurfcd.
PnU-riifrfi'it hnne, '\\ mii;ht or c<i«ld have been reported.
pTittinniMr.'vrt ttnsv. It 1111^111 or muld be rtj>t»ntt!.
PrilvriihiiHritrl teiiHi; 1 1 iiitgljl oriouid bavc Imd beta rcport*d.
First future hum' is wanliiiy.
Second future tnme, H way or can be reported hereafter.
The Oiitatne Moutt is made by jtrtlixiiig an adverb of wULlnf t«
the Poleiilial Mo<hI; as, () lluil U m^jUt he nfioitid!
'Tht JiuLjunctn-e MtuA is nu»de bv j>.«iixiiig ft conjunction to tiM
Polentiui Mi)ud; us, Ij it wkjIU bv nji.U d.
T 11 £ INFINITIVE MOO I) i$ wanting.
CHAP. VI.
OF THE PAK riCIPtE.
Q. WHAT is :\ parlkif'/t'P
A. A iijuiicijile is « |»ait ol t-pcecb formed of, or
Uwived ironi » verb, mid »ij;uitiv» Leih</, iioiiiy, or sujeriu^,
as a verb ilors.
Q. How many p»rlici|>les are there?
A. 'J'wo: the jiciiv.' |»i.jlici|»U', lb.it ends in <wy; M,hvi*f:
and the passive parucipU', iliai cuds in J, I, or u; k&, iavsda
ian(/ht, slaiit4
CHAP. VH.
OF AN ADVERB.
Q. \^;nAT is an W/rW.?
' A. All iulveib IK a part of sprerb rommonly §et
before » veib, eiihrr to decbnf i»nd lix il»e im^aninji: tber»rof,
or to give some loiee and disiiuttiou lbtie;oi as, " There ii
sorrow where thrre is piiin."
,Q. Wbicb art* aiivrvb:;''
A. 'I l»t»e Itdbiwinu most commonly nrcwf— 'Aheacly, ill
irajs, SIS, j.si{n«i.r, by-and-by, by. ./ baid by, downward,
else.vbere, •ijou;;b, tv«r, far. bence, hinctloMh. here, here-
ftfler,lieret<»toie. }iit!i.r,l'Ow, bo.v uieat.iiow many, Kow inucli,
Indeed, nay. uev.?r, i*o, not, no-., nowb«tre, often, oftentimes,
peradventjre, ptrbips, ittber, m Idom, so. then, ibence, there,
tiiilher, to-(!a\, tti-moriow, very, upward. wKii, wLenc^
• here, wbitlur, >ea, y.-s, yester«!ay, ><^sterui';ht.'' ^
Q. Are pot some adverbs compared i'
A. Tes: especially ailvtrbi in Ij/; ns, zcisely, mort wisftjft
m\
-s^-^tm^mtm^
106
A NEW GUIDE
t*
i
CHAP. VIII.
OF A CONJUNCTION.
* Q- \\7nAT is a conjuncfioti?
A. A conjunction is a part of speech fhat joint
woitls and sentences logetber; sIjoms the reason of a thing,
or lays the subject under a condition.
Q. Plow many sorts of conjunctions are there?
A. Many: but tfie chief are, copulatives, disjunctives, ca-
suals, and condiiionals.
Q. What is the use of tlie conjunction copttlaiive?
A. It joins both the words and the sense of^ sentence;
as, / study, and Peter plays.
Q. What is the use of a disjunctive F
A. It joins words, but disjoins the sense; as, / or Peter
tliall be prmished.
Q. What is the ve of a casim//*
A. It shows the cause or reason of a thing; as, / do study ^
(hat / may be learned.
Q. What is the use of a conditional F
'vA. It renders the speech doubtful; as. If the aky/all, w€
shall catch larks.
Q. Give me a list of the principal conjunctions. 4
A. Also, althouuh, and, as, because, but, either, except,
for, howsoever, if, iikewisig, moreover, namely, neither, never-
theless, nor, or, otherwise, save, since, that, therefore, there-
upon, unless, whereas, wherefore, whether, whither.
4
CHAP. IX.
OF A PREPOSITION.
Q. Vli/HAT is a preposition?
A. A preposition is a part of speech regularly
set before a word of another part of speech, either separated
from it, or joined to it, to signify its rest, alteration, and
ifianner of motion.
Q. Give an example.
A. " Alexander travelled into Persia :" here, into is the pre-
position separated from the noKn. But in this, " The con'-
elusion will show the matter," tlie preposition con is joined
to elusion.
Q. Ry what name do you cajl the preposition that standi
separate?
A. It is called apposition.
TO TUB. ^:^'GUSIl TONCT r:
IG7
Q. How Ciil! Noii lliivt piTjxjsilion wLicli is joined to llie
woun
A. li
il is calliul cflwposifiou.
Q. Wlncli are the |>it|)(>si(ionsset separate, or bynppositlon?
A. 'i hey aie ihtse that follow : Aliove, about, after, against,
among or ainonyst, at, before, behind, before or in presence
of, benealli, beJow, between, betwixt, bejond, on this side,
by or throui-'h, beside, for, from, in, into, on or npon, over,
oif, out or out of, to or unto, towards, under, up, nith,
within, without.
Q. Which are the prepositions joined or net in composition ?
A. 'J'hese that follow ; which are proper to the English
tongue only.
1. A, whicli is used for on or in; as, afoot for on fool;
abed for in bed: though it is sometimes redundant; as in
abide lor bide; awake for wake.
2. Be, which is used for. about; ns, bes/>rinhle, i.e. to
sprinkle about: for in; as, betimes, i.e. in time or early: for
before; as, to bespeak, i.e. to speak for, &c. ,
3. Counter, which signifies opposition or contrariety; as,
counterbalance, counterscarp, counterfeit.
4. For, which signifies negation or privation; as, to forbid,
to forsake.
5. Fore, which signifies before; as, to foresee, to foretel
6. Mis, which denotes defect or error; as, misdeed, mistake
7. Over, which signifies eminency or superiority; as, to
overcome, to oversee. It denotes also excess; as, ovcrhasty.
8. Out, which signifies excess, exc*liency, or superiorrty;
ns, *o outdo, to outrun, outwit.
J. Un, which denotes negation and contrariety; as, unplea-
sant, unworthy: also, dissolution; as, to unsay, to undo,
10. Up, which denotes motion upwards, or places and
things that lie upwards; as, upland, upside.
11. Sur, which signifies on, over, and upon, derived from
the Latin super; us, surface.
12. With, which signifies against, or opposition; as, to
withstand, i.e. to stand against. Sometimes it signifies from,
■ or back; as, to withhohL to withdraw.
Q. Which are the prt positions in composition borrowed
from X\\Q Latin?
A. I. A, and ah, whose natural signification is from, of,
and out of: but con.,)0unded with an Lnglibh word, serve
either to drt'ole txcrss; ns, wfwwt', ojore, aouor, aovye, "trr/Sw."
or else to sii^nilv .«;rparafion; aS; to abiiuiii, to aboliah.
-^^SPB^PBIPc >'
103
A NEW GUIDE
•I '
li.
2. A(f, which signifies to, or at; as, adoocaie, advent,
3. An!e, whicli signifies before; as, antecedent, to antedate*
4. CiiVHni, which signifies about; as, circumlcmufiont cir-
cumimlfatio/i , cu'cumacribc.
6. Co, co!, com, and con, for cuirtj siiirnify with, or together,'
as, copnrfnei', cal/aquf/, commerce, con vocation.
6. Contra, nliidi siuniH<'S against, and denoles opposition
or contrririety; .»s, to coiifrcdic-f.
7. De, whicli siytiifips a kind of motion from; as, decant^
detract, deduce, and so is propoily nsed to eMend the sense
of a word; as, to dentonalrate, to deplore. It also denotes
contrarifiy ; as, dfiin'rit.
8. Di, which servt's to extend, stretch out, or lessen the
sense of \\\o word it is compounded with; as, to direct, di
minia/i, ililafe.
9. Dis, which sinnili-'S se[>aration, diflV-rence, or diversify;
giving a siuiii(icalion coiitiMry to the piimitive usage of the
word il is cotn|)ouii<l«'<| with; as, to disar/ree, to discharge.
10. E or ex\ which si^uilifS out, out of; as, ereni, liie fall-
ing out; to eject, it-, to cast out; to e.cclndiu i.e. to sliut out.
11. Extra, whi(h sii^nities beyoiid, over antl ai)ove; as
extrara^/anf, extra.trdhtanj.
12. In or iin, waich gfiu'rally denot( s the position or dis-
position, or an aciiou whfreby one thing is, as it were, put
into ariolhtr; as to i>nporf, to impale: or the inipressioa
whereby the ihiii;: receives such and such a form; as, to
incline, it likmus thjiot» s waul or i:nj)erh'Clio!i, as implore,
importune, importr ish, im/ioti^nt, 8s.c.; j;realntss or hiigeness,
as immense, imnu usifi/; hkeik^is, as imitate, imitation; un«
changeabh'iiess, is iminutaltie; piuily, as immaciila'e, i.e.
unspoiled; himU'i nice, mi impede, i. v. [tj stop; lorco. i\s to
impel, i.e. to ihivc ioiward; accusation, as to imycach: pride, .
HS imperious; vioiencre, as impetuous ; conhiiiMnent, as im*
mure, i e. to sliut no Ijetweeu two walls. It is aUo u»«'d at
the oeginning o' «ords to denote privation, and gives a coa-
Irary sense to the word it js compounded wiili; as, indacrnt,
inhuman, injustce, imprudent, imperfect, impenitent. Also
iu one word, win re //t is changed into ij; as, ignoble.
NoTK. — in words derived from the Frojich, instead of i», we com*
monly use tH ; a.^, lo enruyc; but then it never denoics jaivatiun,
13. Inter, which siiinifies between; as, to inierrene, to in-
iet'i'iipt? btit in interdict: it si""iifies a.s uiuch as lor= in. forbi't
Sometimes we use e>iter, in wonis derived Irom the Freuc4*
J4. IntiVt which signities wirhin; as, to introduce.
5?
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
109
:r, w
1 signifies ajiainst; as, obstacle, to oppose. -
h signifies ihiougli, ami dciiotes a ceilain de-
greVof' excellence or excess; os, perfect, perjorau, persecuU,
17. Post, which signifies alter; as, postscript.
IS. Pre which signifies betore; as, to prcmcditdie, to pre-
engage, preface.
19. Pro, which signifies for or fcrih ; but U has also a great
many olotr senses; as. to pro/ess, protect, pronounce, prorogue.
20. P/t!/er, which signifies agiinisl; as, prel.rnataral.
21. Re, which generally implies a repented action; as, to
repeat, rcvhatuje. Sonieiimis it denotes opposition; as, to
repulse. boiiwUmco it dtiiotes onlv the enlarging the sense
ol the simple verb; us, repose, repast: sumelimes it signifies
the changing one thing or stale into another; as. reduce, re"
duclkH:°iiomeUme& it denolts coiitrariety; us, retwrfie: some-
times honour and esteem; -as, regard, respeci : \\\\y\ sometimes
dislike and disesttem; as, reproach, reject, reju-tion.
* 22. Retro, which signifies backward; as, retrospect, retro^
grade motion. , . ir
23. Se, wliich signifies >yitliout, or by itself; as, secMre,
separate, seclude.
24. Sub, which signifies under; as, to subscribe.
25. Subter, which" also signifies under; as, subterfuge, i.e.
a refuge under.
26. ^:«/)(?/-, which signifies upon, over, or above; as, super-
tcription, cuperjiuous. , . . j
27. Trans, wlsich signifies over or beyond ; as, to transport^
to lraus(/r.ss: sometimes it signifies the moving from one
place to another; as, to transplant, to transpose: sometimes It
denotes the changing of one thing into another; as, to irans-
form, tranyubstanitation.
Q. Wliich are the prepositions in composition derived from
the Greek P
A. 1. A, which signifies privation; as, anonymouo, anarchy.
2. Amphi, wliich 'signifies on Loih sides and about; -as,
avwhibious, ampluihcatre, ampliihoioijy.
3. Anlaimd and, which signily against; as, anta(jomst,
antichrht. , ,
4. Hyper, which signifies over and nhovc; as, hyperbole,
5. JJi/po, which signifies under; as, hvpocrUy.
a Aieta, which signifies beyond, or eUe denotes the chang-
m% Oi one iijing uno niiomn , na, iitclix^tiui J »-,t •.•,,.....,. —
7. Peri, which signifies i>bout; as, periodical, periphery. _
8. Syn, which signifies v )t!,i, or together; as, syuoif, syntaj.
H
16
A NEW GUIDE
11 I
Mii^
CHAP. X.
OF AN INTERJECTIOiV.
Q. TM/'HAT is an interjection?
' A. An intcijectioii is a part of speech, which
deuotelh a siuMen passion of the mind, witi out the help of
any other words; and, therefore, interjections are as various
as the sudden pasisions of the mind themselves; as, hOf brave
boys! here is yood news!
Q. Which are the inteijections?
,,,'A. These follow inji- are some of (hem: "Ah! alack! alas!
away! fie! foh! uood lack! good sir! ha! ha! he! ha!
heigh! hem! ho! how now! hush! O! oh! O hrave! O
strange! O ho! pish! sirrah! soho ! so! tush! well-done!
well-said! whoo! wo'."
\\\
CHAP. XI.
OF THE DERIVATION OF WORDS.
Q. TM/HAT is the derivation of words?
A. It shows how every word may be fornned
its proper case, mood, tense, and quality.
Q. How is the genitive case singular formed without the
preposition f//* prefixed i* *^
A.^ By puttin<( lo the substantive of the possessor; as,
the masters eye, i. e. the eye of the master, makes the horse fat.
Note 1.— That the possessor, or the tlilnc possessed, with this termination's, may
be accounted either a sul)st:iiitive of the <;i nitive siiinnlar, or an adjective possessive;
RO, My maslirS srm, where waster's is an luljeitive possessive ; which may be proptrly
rendered otherwise by the genitive case, t he son (/ my master.
2 —It nui<t nevertheless be carefully observed, that the single «, added to the end of
a word, which heture ended in e, does not make such a word a genitive c;ise, or an ad-
jective possessive: neith rdoes it add any .-yilahle to the word; for the e, to which it
is added, is(ast away it. the pronuneir.lioii, and the s only adds to the number of that
word, nnd is sounded to-^fther with the last consonant thereof; as m the words, tharr,
shares; irwU', trades; Sjudc, spades, 8:c.: except where the words end in <,c, as o/y*-,
emge$ ; or ie, as cose, cases; or <.e, as lace^ laces.
Q. How are verbs derived from other parts of speech?
. A. Many substantives, and sometimes adjectives, and
M>.„rx^iim.,a /^t1lol• rk'.»rfc o f sMPpph. hproitift vprbs. bv Drenxintr
the si^n to before them, or by adding the termination en to
be adjective; as, from a Iwiise, comes to house; from iv(inn»
h warm; from hard, to harden.
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
HI
Q. Do not substantives come sonsetinies fioiii veibs?
A. Yes: almost every verb has some subsiiuuive coming
from it : lor by the aiiihtion of er to the tiuiiiig of the present
tense comes a subslaiilive, signify ing^the agent or tloer, which
is therefore called a verbal noun; as, tVom to hear, comes ti
hearer; Ironi to carry, a carrier. *
Not 1 —Some substantives are formed from verbs, by the addition of or to the en.l-
lUK of tbe piesent tense; as. from io yoirni, comes a yvun.on Irom to sotial, a aiUuUor}
XtopJse.s. a po.scs:or; from to sail, „sa,l,yr; al«o, from to coutnbute, camera i:ou.
Jjjfctttor,- and from tosu'tii'", a4l<'^;^t•«^• drojipuig tbeft « f
Q. Art.' not a<1jt ctives sometimes formed from substantives ?
A. Yts: 1. By atidiiu', iho temiinatirn ?/, are foiiiud adjtclives of
plenty or uf •abouudiu(i;'as, Inm /ua/t/-, coiias luuilhy ; frum iveaWn
wealthy.
2. Bv adding the tt rminatioii . »», are fi.rnicd i,<tjectives that signify
tbe matter out of whu li any thin^ Js made j us, IVom ash, comes ashmi
from 6iM, birchen; from oak, caka, ice. : as, " Au oaken stick, a birchen
broom.'*
3. Bv the ttr:ninati(.n//./, aro formed adjectives denoting fulness:,
as, fioMijoy, i:un\i'.iij>yful- from youth, yoiuhjul i Iroiu sin, sinful; also,
from abash, Laskjul, 6;.c.
4. By adding tiie terminatior. Home, are formed adjectives denoting
much the same; as irom trouble, tomes trtiiblcsvmt ; from yavw, yame-
$ome, &.e.; though snjieiimes the e is left out.
G. Bv adding the termiraii. n Irss, are formed adjectives signifying
want; sks,':roai WO) ih.cv.incs mil thhis; i'xow hnip, hiljAss; frum tooth,
toothless, &.C.
Note.— The same thinu is n.lso signitltd by wn, in, or im, prefixed to adjectives; as,
unpleasant, indnant, iiiii>nipii; &c.
6. Bv adiling the lermiuation ly, arc formed a<ljeetive9 -Ahich de-
note likeness; us from man comes vianly; fixra God, godly; also, from
tojit, cuuicsjitly; inmx <ci tain, certainly, 6^v.
7. By adding the termination ish, are formed adjectives denoting
the same tl»ing; as, fn ni w;7/eonus icoi/ish ; fuAn cliHd, chiidish; shee}y
ahupish, &.e. ' Also, from Look, comes bookish; and fnm titkle, tiiklhk.
Note 1.— From ndji(ti\es, tiy adding the same termination, aie formed adjeetivw
diminutive; as, from yrteii, comes (//cc».Js/i,- snji, so/iish ,• hard, liarclisli, &c.
2.— There aie also some national names wliicli end in l^h.- as, Lnyiii>n, Apanish, IM^
nish, &c. ; and in ic, as, Brilanmc, Germanic, &c.
Q. By what other means are words derived from their
primitives?
A. By adding -ship, -dom, -rkk^ -tvick, -ness, -heaJ„ -hood.
1. WoriLs ending in -ship denol. ^ iiee, employment, or condition;
as, st€ivardJiip,/illtJvship, lordship, &e.
2. Words ending in -dom signify olRee or charge, with power and
tomitliuil, or WiinoUl; ineiii; as, pOinHcm, ICH.yacn.. nj:;o, inoj s:g::::j
fe^'state, condition, quality, pnperty, and place in which a person
exercises his power; t!», /retc/t/m, thraldom, nhvndom, jm</c;TO, duk^
rfow, &,c.
■r:mimmmie
Mi
A NEW CUinE
I
3. Words eniling in -rie nod -tvUk dtnote office and dominioo; mt,
huhoprick, baili/wirk.
NoTB— -nienl anil -a^ an- purely French tirrijination"!; haYe the sane meaniiig
wMb us as with llicm. ami ftcaict-ly e\er occur but i:j won^s derived lioiu lliat Unguasfni
Ml cotninaitJiii'-nl, usaye
4. !Su!)stajiUves enclinp iu -"'«« sii;;nifv llie essence of the thing, and
tre fnrnifd JVoai adji.oiivi-«; as, Irom «?/«*<£•, coiutsa/Jtttiu**; f.oia Aan^
hardness, &.c. ,j
NdTK.— rtifip iin? calli'd ab.itract nnunt.
5. Nouns Ihat end in /t v<i and h;>(>H dpuole tlie state, cnnditinn,
ftnd quality jf a tiiiii;^ or pcr3')n; as, Cudhcud, manhood, uidowhoodf
krothvrhood, lirelilunKl, Aic.
N<»Tit.— riirre arc ulsii dnlis'iitttr'-a (iterivpil from aljectiHes and verbs) which art
Dftde t)y iiddin.1 tlie eniUiur ///. vvi»ii ; nnf !«tniilt clianaf; as. Wixn Umi/, c >me« lengikf
atrmtg. atren/jih; wanit, warmihi ihim/i, munUi, iin. Al»u, trum (u uie, cuiue» dttUki IxOfA
f^mit j/roHith, &c.
OF SUBSTAM'IVES DIMINUTIVE.
dq
Q. Whixt \s a suhsf nil firs (liini iiu fire P
A. It is anotluM- im-iho*! ol (leiivaiion, l>y which a noifn il
termed to lessen the sms.' of its piiir.ilive word; as, from
lamb, comes lambkin, «hi h is n little lamb.
CHAP. XII.
OF THE SYNTAX.
Q. "M^HAT is synfaxP
A. It is ilie disposinjrof words in their rightcasc,
gender, number, person, mood, tense, and place, in a sen-
tence.
Q. Give an example.
A. G'fod boys are not beaten. Here the words are placed
accordiny; to syntax: whereas shonid I say. Beaten not art
boys good, it «uuld be nnint< liigible, because there is no syu-
i^x ill this sentence'.
Q, How many kinds of sentences are there?
A. Two: simple and compound.
Q. What is a ainiple sentence?
A. It is that wherein there is but one verb, and one nomi-
native '.vord of the subject, either expressed or understood;
e\§, The boy reads.
(l. \\\\A\.\& a. compound sentence?
A. It is two simple sentences joined toafether by a eon-
junction, or by a relative; as, icho, ivhich, that; or by a cora-
;UiuUVi
a^. y.a tfjmJt C-/1 /iii/i»'i< v>c i»/iM«j mnvo th.tn •
thus, " i am diliuent, and you are negligent."—" He M. #
ivauehtv boy, who deserves correction
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
113
Q. What tlo you mean by a nominative uora?
A. The word llrat goes beiore the verb, and answers to tl»
question who or what; as, Boys play. Where it may be
asked, Wlio do play? answer, boys.
Q. Does lilt uoniinalivc case or word always go before the
▼CI b ?
A. Y<"^; except when a qneslion is asked, and then the
oowinalive case follows the veib, or more coniinonjy llie4sijjn
of the veib; as, Did John f/o to London!' Do I neylect my
(mwiesH ?
Q. What is the conslruelion of the verb with the nominap
live woidf^
A. The veib rDiist be of the same number and person with
the noin'malive word; as, / stand, thou standest, he standeth:
not 1 staiu/ts.i', thou iitniidelh, he stand.
Q. Is till; nomiiiiilive case to the verb always n substantive }
A. No: s( rnetiines the inlinitive n tuid stands lor the no-
minative word ; MS, To lie is shameful. And sometimes a
>\hole clause aloregoinir; as, To rise betimes in the morning,
is the most wholesome thiiiy in the world.
Q. Ir two or more substantives singular come together,
how mu''>\ the veib be put?
A. Ill the plural number; as, Peter and John fcjht.
Q. \\ hat number is the verb put in when it lollows a nou«
ofraultiuule?
A. it may be put in th« pluml when circumstances abso*
lute.y dt-tt inline the case to be more than one; but it is most
commonly of the siikuuiar number; as. The multHude is verjf
noisy. The heap is removed.
Q. Ol what case must those nouns be which /bllow verbii,
and are governed by them?
A. Sometimes the genitive; as, Take pity of me: some-
times the duiive; as, I gave a book io the maUeri and some-
times the accusative; as, / lore ii\y master,
Q. What is the coustruclion uf the vocative?
A. The vocative is no part of the sentence, but only (he
jjerson to whom the sentei.ce is addressed, and is always of
the secon<l peison singular or jilural; as, John, tchdrc havfi
iffQU been that 'tfou have stayed so longr' Ladies, ivhy do yr, ww*"
mmd yonr wrifimj.'*
Q. Of what is the ablative case governed f
expressed or understood; such as in, with, through, J or, fr^mt
hv, nt-d th'Vi ; a**, Ue fo.'\f.- ii Jtom r^e. //• '/'/»r/ trilh v*^-*-. *
if
^
m*.
■ammm
mf
114
A NEW GUIDE
^
it
Q. \V
CIIAP. XIII.
OF TUANSI'OSITION.
JUA j" is tmnsivsitioit.^
A. li IS il.t- fiaciii./ o' voids out of tlioir nntural
order, to rendt r xiw souiiaol nitiu more ijuifi'»l)le lo the (gar.
l>XAA4i LI'..— .1 ciiiiudl l)f avi.idfd, hiil U.al scaii'lals will aiise/and
dilToi. UI.S will kiM.v 111 liio (.luircii i.f uoii, so lung as incic is '.vkk'
Odijt'ss on tanli, or nuilict; in liiii. *
TttVNM'. si:ii. — .1 caniK'i l)f avoiiKH, s > luni,' as llicrc is \vicketlne««
on turlii, ur maii^o in In il, bu. ibai ^cullili.l.s v\iii unsf,ai»d Uillcrcia-cs
l^ili iiHAv ill lijc tliurtii di tunl.
]S„TK —V lure tilt; luiluml older ot tii*- words is Miiootli and f'ratflul to the ear, Ihfj
unglil not Ui 1)1' u.iuti.ubLil, u:;.<,i.a la i-u* ir) ; uuvi tlu:it uui> whtit Urt; ueci;a>ll> «'" U*
Tcric reiiiiiitb «t.
CHAP. XIV.
OF TJIE E LLIPSIS.
Q. ^;«7[JA T is an ellift^isr'
A. 'I lie It-avio.^ out ol words in a sentence.
Q Upon v.iial iiccuuut rn.i) words be lelt outP
A. I. When a word lias LetJi nitntiuiicd Ju^^t iH-luro, and may be
apposed til lie Ue}pt in uiiiul. 'I'Jicit I'uic in a lelalive scultiicc, the
biitLtctinft, (.'. lonjM.in^ w.n.l, is s>cia. lu rt'iiealcd; as. " 1 buuylit the
books, which [/yix.AiJ I read."
2. When nv.y word is t(t lie inunidiatidv uu'.nlioned, if it can lie well
nndtrsioi-d, n ou^^hi i<» \n: iciioui iu ihu "iuiiijcr pait; us, '• Dunk ye
fed [M."ijuj or while wine"
a. Wlieii the lliuu^lil is expressed by some other mean? ; as, point-
ing to a aiai), }ou need not ha\, " Wnu is Uiat man.'" but, " Who is
that?"
4. 'J'h<ise words which, upon tlie iiuntioniiif; of others, uuist need*
^e snpijo.sed iv be nuant, n.a.v by It I'l oat; as, " When vwu come to
Bt. Paai's [C7jit/(//J, then turn to liu; itJl [fiaH,l\:'
5. Thitiif and <!ct are frMjnenUy Mi odl wlien lliey may be under-
stood; as, '■ It IS hard [i.e a Lord il>in!)\h> travel lUioiiijh the suuw."
" Jt is easy [i.e. «/i tdsy Uuntj or oc/j to do .«,o."
C. The conjnncliou tlnd is often ieft out in a cutnpound sentcnedj
as, " L desiie \J:lun\ you would w rite for use."
7. The relatives that, icldcn, nho, ithoin, may be left out; as, " Thcrt
goes the man [tiwl or n'houi\ i beat }usicruay."-— " is this the man j^'ou
spoke of? t c. of whom ye spoke.-'"
> 8. Sometiiues a whole NentenfC is left our, as, -■ It is our duty to
|>ay a respeel iuid delerence lo ad those ihat are virtuous and cuur.-
feoos: so [it is our uuty tnj.dy a risytit and iUJemicc\ to those aJsjp,
wli« bear auv oHieu or eomuia,;:d iii the btaie." .
#..
TO THE ENGLISH TO. \ CUE.
115
CHAP. XV.
OP ABBREVIATIONS.
A or Ans. Answer
■^ • AJ{. AiHuin JiaccaiaiiratSf
Bntliel'»r ol Ails
Abp. AirliltisliMp
A.C. Ai'wv Christ
Ace'- A«c<iurit
A.D. Ai tin Domini, in the Year of
our r.ord
Achn' A(iiniral
Adm"- A<!miiiistrators
A.M. Artnoii AJaijistrr, Master of
Arts ; Ante Mcrni'nvi^ liclnrc
Koon; i»i)fi Annv AJundi, in the
Year t.r llu; Wuild
Atnat, Amsttrdain
Antli. Aiilhojiy
Ass. Assigns.
Ast. I\<j.( . Astronomy Professor of
Grtsham College
AU. Aiioriiev
a. A. IJiiclielorof Arts
liar'- huioiiet
Jlaiih. riuiiiolnmcw
h.C. Iklort' Clirist
U.I), i.arinliiinyus Divinitatis, Ea-
thtlor of Divinity
lh>ij. Hoi jnmia
7'>7'- 1 i>liop
ii.r. li^^^' d VirtJiin
(•' Ciul Ciiifiiin, un huudred
Cant ('uiniflLS
Ca/it. Ciiiitiiin
Cat. Ciilichisin
Ch'ip. (lliai)tcr
Chri.ri Ciiroiiiclcs
Clem. Climont
Cler. (.Iniciix, Clergyman
Co. or Cvmfi. Company
Ctd. Cnlonei, Colossiaiis
VJ'.S. Gustos Prhati ijujili, Keeper
of ilif I'rivy Siul
C. .v. i:ui>t(.s SUjiii, Keeper of the
Seal
Cr. (-reditor
Cur. C'lrute
D. in mimbe" 0.
H. dcn'i'ius., a I'enny
'£>.D. Dot-tor Dtviniiatis, Doctor of
Divinitj
Pan. Dauiel
J)ft. or lO//«r, IJcccmber
Dtp Dt'piity
Dint. Dmiuroiiomy
Do. Ihllo, \\ni f>aiii«
iJr. Doi tor, l)tl>i or %
Dnts. I'liiiiyweiylit*
hdvi. iliiniuiid
Edw Edward
c.ff. (.iiiniti I'/rn^m, iLsforcxantpk
JJiz. Eli/ubctU
/•///*. llj'licsians
/*,.\7y. I'.hvjiiiro
Ki'- Extu uior
F.A.s. Ft ilow of the AnliquariftB
F<t>. fVliruary
F.L s. 1 'elUtw of tbe Linnscan So-
ciety
'F.li.S Frutvr licfinli$ Societath,
Fcilti'v of ilie lioxui Society
F.S.A. Tcllow of the Society tf
Alts
F.T.i .D. Follow of Trinity CoJ-
k'gf, Dublin.
Got. (iiuatiuns
G't'ji. (jeotsis
G't'/i'- (itiieiul
<,i'n"">- <it ni'ralissimo
(i)int. (it'utleiuun V
Ceo, (icorge ■> •
Gt'Sj). (i OS pel
(J.li. Oioiyiiis Rex, George thift
Kinic
Grs. (i rains
Gir(f. (ire gory
h*b. t fliiews
IJiti. Hciiry
UoiJ''' Ilonoiirablo %
Ho}i'^- l]()tii>ured
Hvn'''- Honours . j
H.M.S. Wis Mnjesty's Bhif ^
Hum. Humphrey ***
rr.... .,
h
i. in iMiinhi;r, 1
J hid ' (uj«, in the sarftc pltbce
Jd. !....<, Ui<i7 same
.Mi."
■■■•^''mmmi>mmimm>m^;-^%mfm^
.:-mmmmm^«*p'- >«*M9*«««wHF»^i«,.
1. ■ ll
I '
i
no
A nZVr GUIDE
= 1 ;
1i!
ll
■#
U.id€st,\htXia
Im. Isaiah
Joe, Jacub
Ja*- James
Jer. Jeremy, Jerom
J.//.S. Jt4«; iiomitnun Sdvolor,
Jcius Satiour t)f men
Jm. Joseph
J»«/i. Jo9liu«%
• J.P. Justice of the Peoce
ICn' Krnght
JTB. Knight of the Bath
K.C. Knight of the Crescent
K.C./^ Knight Commander of the
Bath
jr.G. Knight of the Garter
K.O.C.B. Knight Grand Cross of
the Bath
K.P. Kniqhl of St. Patrick
K.T. Knight of the Thistte
L. in number, 50
L. IMer, a Book
£, Libra, Pounds
lb, a pound weit!;ht
um. Lamentations
L.C.J. Lord Chief Justic*
* Jt»f). Lady Day
JjetK Leviticus
/4*««. Lieutenant
LL.i>. Itflfuwt Doctor, Doctor ol
l*«»'s -, ,
L.S. Locus SiyiU, Place of the Seal
Lond. London
M. Manijmlus, a handful
M.A. Ma(jiskr Artium, Master of
Arts
ili.B. Medirintv Baccalaureu^, Ua-
chelor of Fhvsic
M.D. Mediiina Doctor, Doctor of
#'^* liivsic
iWa/w. Marmaduke
Jlatt. Mat hew
Math. 3Iiitheinatic«
■ 3/t.vtrx. Gentlemen
Mirh. xMicljael, Michaelmaa
. Min. Minister
.tfo. Rlonth
Morn. Morning
M.P, Member of PaTllament
mjr o in -.-
the J\!euiory
.Won'- Monrieur
Mr, Brlawer
Mrt. Mj-strt^*
MS. Manuscript
MSS. MauuscnpU
iV. Note
^'at. Nnthtiniel
N.U. ^i>le Uiiie, Mark well
Nic. Ni«:»Mlcmus, Niclwdai
n.l. wm ti(iuet, it appears not
No. or A»m. Number
JV*/i;. November
A.S*. New Stila
Ob'- Obedient
Oct. UttolHjr
O.S. Old Stylo
Oz. Ounce
^ O »if . i? CV'i^Km, by the Hundred
^ C'n-l. hv the Hundred Weight
1\M. P'l/'t Meridiem, Afternoon
P.M.G. Professor of Music at Gr©-
slr.an College , .
Prt.f. Th.Gr. Professor of Diviaily
ui Grtsliam College
J\S. Tost script
f>s. Psulm
Q. Question
q. quadiaiUeSffanhirt^
n.d. (jnasi dicat, as if he should sfcy
y.». (jiuinturn mifficit, a su fiicieat
quu-.itity
i{it"- Itcccivcd
}{€</• Regiment
lit-;/. Prof. Jh(jiua Pro/etS9r,Ku:^'*
I'rclVssor
Ih'c. Reverend
li.N. Royal Navy
lit. IVptul. Right U orshipful
Rt. Hun"'"' Right Honourable
.S. South, and s. solidus,o. Shilling
St. Jjaint
St'iit. or Her. Scptembo*
Sirj. Serjeant
Serv'- Servant
Sol. Solution ^^
6". I'.P. Sacra sanctceTheohgim ^r9»
fisctor, Pit.fessor of Divinity
I'ho'- Thomas
Thev. 'I heophilus
t7t. M/ft?«M«, the last
V. vide sie; Five
Vis. riddict, that is to say
mil. or n m. William
\Vp. Worship
Wliful. Worshipful
4f, ety and
t(c. et c^UrUt and 30 forth ^^^
TO THI2 ENGLISH TONGUE.
in
PAIIT IV. .
SENTENCES IN PROSE.
DESlIlE to oxcrl otlifrs in virtue, is very commenclaUe;
and a (leli,i;tit in (iblaiuiiiL!: praise cloM-rvt's «'ncourage-
ment, bt'Ciuso it discovers an excelUut iriiu<l. But he is
nicked, wlio empioNS 'lis Ihou^^iiis only to outdoing the wont
in viiiany. Sucli a t iilOJitiou is diabolical.
2. A wise man values pleasine at a very little rate, because
h is the bane ol the. mind, and the cause of all misery; but
he values no possession more than viitne, because it is the
foontain of all public and private happiness.
3. Boast not of lliy health and strength too much; only,
whilst thou eujoyest tin -m, give praise to Him that he*to\veth
ttil good thiiiiisupon all men. Use them well, lest he de-
prive thee ot thcin. God doth give to thee: return him not
evil.
4. By the fall of Adam from tliat glorious and happy statt
wherein he was created, the divine image on his mind is quite
ehauffed and altered; and ho who was created but a fittlf
inferior to the angels above, is now made but little superior
to tbe angels below.
6. Cliildrcn are such as their institution. Infancy is 1*4
altogetkii by imitation: it hath neither words nor action*
but wliat are infused by others, if it hiw« good or ill lai^,
guage, it is borrowed; and the shaoje or tjfeanks are only dlA^
tfit tlicin that lent them.
6. Cov«<ousness brings nothing home. Sometimes men
•re gn blinded with avarice, that they contradict themselves,
tD4 lose what is honestly due to them, by coveting \»hal w
Mt justly their own, siud thereby give others an oj)|K)rtuai^
«f decoiviug them.
118
A NE^Y GUIDC
7. 1)(
.)o not the work of (ioil m»^liii»Milly; nnd l«l not your
hertit be uj-dii lli** wuiM, \\\wu >c;iu li.tiid is li!l.«l iij) iu
pruyer: li.i llml time, >ou iiirtv In* cmilitlt ut, is gaiiuJ wl.'ich
IS jHudfutly and /.cali.ualy spi-iit in iJodb survir.e.
8. Divino Providt'iici' disposes all tliin-^s cnost wisily; not
only in whal ronciMiw the uoiiti in m'n« ral, l)ut « v.i\ one of
us in pailicnlai : so llial, in \\\u\t contliiiv.n soi'vi-r In^ pnls
us, we ni.iy assnio oiusflvt's llial it is bt'si lor ua, since He
chooses il who caniuA err.
9. Ever since the (ransuress'on of our fust piu^nts, the
purity ol liuniau nature hath bten miserahly bfained; its
luculiiis havf luon sadly dt|ira\e;l; and i!s i <r c:ions very
liable to be deluded, iniiueiieed, luul overcome by ihe vvorUJ.
10. In(jnire i:ot. into 'he Recret:* of Clod; hnt \>^ Conlent to
learn your iluty, according- to the (pialiiy ol Noiir yvMon or
employnient. Ciod s coniniantinifnts wt re proelai.iu'd to all
the woild; Init liis counsels are to hiinstdi, nnd his secret
ones, when ihev are admit led v\ilhiu the veil. •
11. Flatter not yourself that yen have lailh towards God,
if yon want charilN towaids your niii;hhour; lor the one is u
^rtain etKct ol the otlnr. Neiilicr follow a mulii'ude to
»m, lest God make yo»i share r>ith them in tluir punishments.
12. Gohl, though the noldest of metals, !oseth its lusirc
»hen continually worn in the s;in:e purse with copper or
brass; antl the he^t men, iiy aMiociaiin- lliemselves With the
wicked, are often coiruptetf s\ilh iheir sins, ai;d partake ia
tfaeir punishments.
13. Greifory Nyssen compared an usurer to a mau jiiving
water to one in a hurniui; lever, uhich does him more harm
than uooil: so the usurer, ihou-h lie seems tor the prei^nit.
1,0 relieve his brothers wauis, yet afterwards he ;;rL',uus>iy
lunuents hiut.
14. Ha[)pY i'3 he who allows himself time afid It^lhire to
■iak<^ his peace \Niih God, and sign u truce with hcaVCii; but
more to he adn''i. c is tie who hi ohliijed to live in the midst
©f t«njptaiions, nw ; yet, can be iu love with religion to the
last uiomenL u: i. r. iile.
15. He that only pleases h'lisiself, docs hunzsti no sCHHj-
Bess, b(Ma"«e he displeases God his Creator, who eommancb
oa to he kimi and «ood to all men, and to <lo unto others those
iiiiir should be done to our&elvoa. ^■
thing
s wiiica wf are
..-^
TO THE F.ISGI.lSn TONGUE.
lie
grv, a..<l eloj'lif .Ihe u.iktMl; uhul will l>troim« ol llio«c that
take n«iiy bftail Irom tlje liungiy, hikI clolln's liom lh«
nnked 'f
17. Itisn <omm«'n<lrtl)le 4lii> - for « l»oy to apply his mind
10 llie !^lu<ly ol l.tuis: lluy will piocure liiin Uie favour hikI
love ol uood iiit'ii, winch iti'ohc thai uie wise value more limn
riclu's or |)leasuit'.
18. Kv.\x Dnrius's inotlior, wl'en slio bennl of the death of
A?< KaiuU-rJ »id vioh-nt haiKls upon herself; not that she pre-
icrreti »ui rneinv helore i\ son, hut heeimse she had experi-
enced the tluty'of a son in him, whom she had Itared hh an
cneujy.
19. Let us never measure our podlinpss hy the numher of
teinions «hii;li we hear, hut hy tiie huil we hi lug lorlh; wilh-
OUt which, all our hrariuu will Sfive hullo hiiug us into that
portion ol stripes, whieh heiougs to him thai " knows Im
masters will, and does it not." ,
20. Liizy folks take the most pains. Some people are so
careless, llVil they will run all hazards raiher than help
llunisi^lves at the expense oi" a little trouhle; ar.d it t-eu^
«.*rally hap-pens, that they are the greatest sufl'ercrs in life
conclusion.
21. Men are jxeneiallv governed more hy appearances thafl
realities; and the uiouiient man, in his air and behaviour,
undertimes lor hi.rs.ir(!iMt he has ahility and merit; wide
the nxOiUal or dillhltut -ives himself up as one pcEsessed of
neither. ^i
22 Many men are «irown bo nefilinent of seekintr diviiw
mercv Im times, that ihev put jhat olT to tiie last, wiich should
havc'hcen the (iisl pan ut their business.
23 No man is so prosperous and happy, hut ne has some
unJortuiwte and sad (bus; and, on the contrary, no man m
•o miserable, but ho has .some times of relreshment. 1 ro-
sperity and adver iiy, by turns, succeed one another, as raw
does lair weaiher.
24. Nolhin- is more absurd than to extend our hopes and
delves heyoni the term of our livio;; here; and it is uo
.reasonable for us to trouble puiseives aboui this woila ioiitf^
than we are likely to continue in it.
#
120
A NEW GLIDE
npichpndetli llie whole tloly of
Alan.
> 95. Obr*J*ffnre com
b0lh lowrtids Go»l, Ijiii lu'ighboyr, and liimst'll: wc slioulu
tbeieloie k*t it b- et graveci on our liearls, {\i»l f*<c may b«
useful in the woriil, aiul loyal lo our prince.
36. Our life i» a warfare, and this world a place of iny^-
tetle^, wherein the greatest garlantis hre allotted lo them who
iusfain thn greatest labours; for by the axmit of our striprc
is augmented the glory of our reward. »
27. Pride is a very reproachablc sin, and often meets with
f«ry extraordinary judgments, even in this life; but will cer-
lAirdy be punished in the next; for if God spared not th«
•ngeis lor this sin, let no man hope to speed belter.
28. Personal merit is all ;i man can call his own. Who-
ever strictly adheres to horiosly and truth, and leads a regu-
lar and virtuous life, is more truly noble than a debauched,
abandoned profligate, were he de:>Geuded from the most illu*.
trious family.
29. Riches are like dunjc, which slick in a heap; but, be-
ing spread abroad, make the earth fruitful. The best metal*
lotre their lustre, unless bri-.htened by use.
30. Repentance, though it is not to be rested in as afty
gatisfaction lor sin, or any other cause of the pardon thereof,
vhich is the act of God's free grace in Christ; yet it is ©f
inch necessity to all sinners, that none can expect pardon
«:ithout it.
01. St. Bernard, in his youth, beiny troubled with a pain
in his head, fe certain woman proffered to cure him by reciting
Ik^few verses by way of charm; but he refused, sayings, " I
kad rather endure the hand of God, than be cured by the
hand of the devil."
3*3. Servants should not deal worse with their masters, for
dealing better with them; but conscionably do their work,
that the proverb may not be verified in them, " He^hat pay*
his servant's wages beforehand, cuts off his right arm;" lh»l
H occasions him to be slothful and lazy.
33. The lawfulness cf our actions may not be judged bjr
the events, hut by the grounds. The wise and holy Arhitei
.1 .1
i I m rn£
£• . t I.J I- t ...'. ..■!«•' *v«*k.t.t fim/'kd£ f
Ol iUC. WUliU NlJUVia "li\, titmsj mih^-, ■>
the worse success: m
punishment to the agent.
my a just business i* cros&cd ftur t
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
121
34 Trade is so mh]e a master, that it is uiHin^ to vuUT'
tainall mankind in U. service; and l,as --V','! a^tllTui
pic vments, that ull, but the iazv, may support at least, .1 ml
©iirich ihcniselvea. .
35 Time is i»ne of the m.ost precious talents in the wo, .f
uhich ibe Author ol it has commiUed to our n.ana^emenf.
I n ecion It he ,ives it us hy drops, nor ever aflor.ls u«
I^o^'omenls at once; but al.ays take, u.ay one when he
lets us have auoiliev. .
b„Trmm"diatcly set about i,, »..d ..uleavour ,« b.ccne .ucl.
* "-T?* •• Virtue," f aid a virions man on his de-^thbed. " Bi
JX oulsh ne V 00 in splendour and lii;ht. us the glonou.
Turn mu^o h av\-. whieh runs its daily coune u. the o ty
Ikrdoc^^hat small rushii-^ht which stands by my bedside.
•^'r Vun-.-lorv destroys all the. fruits of a good action.
than the praise ot C>od. .
39 U, brakl m, n.an's .veakncss to discomfort I.im, ror «-
;;;v:r'r;v::er..."lto!'v.. praise a„y„,».. else. un..»
(Jo<rss;lorv,orso.m'goo.lvml,(loallo« ,1. .^ _ .
m \V,.'k,.<i birasls are false to ibfinsclves; iieilher trurt-
.^t;i'^t' o;: <-ice nor ...aM.. cboioeoC ...at^.h^^^^^^^
ll:e?n':;.r;.:rV...'; :=:.a";li ratber i>e s.f.col.aen...ed.
(ball ivisi- anil pruilcut.
41 Wo ou.bt neilbor to be so eager for ho^r.hn? our lrc»-
tioumoi^vi »"^»'--;^: -:::;■., ;, ,,,^» i-j,,. voiU of buci*
iudices; an
a are apt to retain it U'^&\
\'
corruption
{xs should olhervnse ex
pel it
'♦ ' -'''■i.'^^'^I^E^Bii^£2^^*W8mn'*^''9^SBWff'8KK*^^"
12^
A NKW GUIDE
SENTENCES IN VERSE.
? PI
Life is ihorl und miseraile.
11! few I'.ml lull ol sronuws are the dajs
()i ti'.isfu.bU' Man: liis lilt- dicaxs
like llial Ijiiil (lov»«i, vI.K-l) \*itli the sun's uprisc
Her inul imloUls. and with llif fvrmiii; dies:
.He, like an i luply slmdo^v, glides a«a}',
And itli ills liic- \ii but a \\iiiU'i s day.
On the ifHifjent Aula.
Anls in bnttalia to llicii n lis roiivey
'I'he pliiixlii'd l()rai.e oi lluir \elJo\v nrev.
'The \\\\\y' duKJu^s tiol aLotii and i>weat,
Ikit uill not iitii'.iLliI dev( ni- all lliat tliey get;
For in ili« ir noitils we se<^ il; t:i eanv home
A slock lor wiiiter, \^llicll they know imist come.
On the Atheist.
Kohl is tlu^ vreleli, and l/Iasplieinons llje man.
Who, hriiiy iinile, vdl attcii pi (o s(;an
The uniks ot Iliiii that s inli:iittlv uise,
And llo.su lu- ciiiicol coifjnehend, deides.
Our leii^un is loo \Miik a i^nide to show
How God Alihi^lilv Loveitis all brlow.
A Future fltate certain.
Brave youlis the jiat'.i ol vlHue still sliould tread.
And not l^y » rror's deviniis track Ije h-d;
Till free Ikhh tilth and spotless is tiirir mind;
'Jill pure ilicir lile. and ol the elliercal kind;
For this \'K' niust helieve, whene'er \ve die.
We sink lo helj, or else to heavtu fly.
On Travel.
Ky travel cro^vn the arts, and learn abroad
The general virtues uhicli the wise applaud;
To study nations I advise betimes,
A:)d various kingdoms know, and vnrious dime*.
Whatever worthy thy remarks liioti seest,
With care remeinbcr, and Ibiuet the rest.
TO Tin-: ENGLISH TON(iUE.
m
Ileareuly LofC.
Christ's nrms <!<» still sihihI ojx'n lo ivct-ive
All weai-v jmxIi^iivLs ihal sin do leavf.
For llicMu la- lit\ his Is.lliers bles^M iibode,
Mnde son ol irinii, lo itiake man sou ol (jiotlj
To cure their vv()un<ts, l.e— liU^'s fli\n -hltui,
And tiien a deivlli U> luise ihein iroiu ihe deail.
The Self- wise.
ConceitHl ibou-hts. indul-ed wilhoul conlrol.
Exclutle all luture kiiu\\le«l<it' Iroiri ihe soul;
For he lluil ihiuks hi.Hsell alreaiiy nise,
■ In cours*-, all iurther KiuixNUMl^e v,ill (hsjuse
Ami, but ior ihis, how inanv aught have been
Just, rojiutiible, susi, and honest men !
On Decilh.
Death at a distance we but s^l^htly f.'ar:
He biin s his tenors as he ^l.ra^vs more nenr.
Tiuoufih povrrty, pa;.., slavt-rN. we (liudi-e on;
Th'^ ^^o^sl ol beiuf.s i)elter ph-aso than none.
N(» price too ilearto piuchase !ile and brealh:
Tiie heaviest burden's i-asler borne ihciu death.
«
On A HI bill on.
Daxiled with liope, ue CMunot s"e the cheat
Of aiiniuii- with iuipatit nee lo b>' jireat.
When "ild and)ltii>n in the heart we lind,
I'Vrewvil eonieiU, .uid (jui* i ot llJe uund:
For j;lltleni!H clouds wf \v,\y<^ the solid s!ior«,
And\oaled happiness iv;urus no more.
On. I ho Sahlier.
Knffpf the soldier meets his dt-sperate toe,
AVilh iiU int||«t lo k>^^' '''"^ *'■''•*' '"''^.'^' .
The piiiis'^ Ut^ tiuhts lor ai.iinaw s hiui higb,
J»i[.i„iel\ — UtIi;4ion, aiid (le,.r i.ibfrty:
For thrso U'- vi>ii(jni';:i, '-;■ uu.-.:: u,a.*. .-,. -t
And yii^'db hi.nfee.; ;i >\iir:M- f-acalie.*.
II
H' I h
124
A SE\y GVlDl*\
U i
On llie Resurrection.
From every corner o( iJie extended earlh,
Tbe scatter'd dusst i& cail'd to second birtb*
The sever'd body now unites agniu.
And kindred atoms rfillv into raeii;
The various joints resume their ancient seats.
And every liuib its i'onnor task repeats.
"i I li
On Youth.
Fragrant tlie rose is, but it fades in time;
The violet sweet, but quickly past the prime;
White lilies hang their heads, and soon decay;
And whiter snow in minutes melts away :
Such and so withering are our earthly joys*
Which time or sickness speedily destroys.
The Duty of Man.
First to our God we must with reverence bow;
The second honour to our prince we owe;
Next to wives, parents, children, fit respect,
And to our friends and kindred, we direct;
Then we must those who groan beneath the weigIA
Of age, disease, or want, commiserate.
The Desire.
From my beginning, m^y the Almighty Power
Blessinifs bestow in never-ceasing showers.
Oh! may I happy be, and always bless'd;
Of every joy, oi <very ^ood possess'd I
May Plenty disj-ipi-.le u!l worldly cares,
And siisiling Peace bless my revolving yean!
On Mortality.
From stately pnlaces we rcust remove.
The narrow lod'^ings of a grave to l>iifr'e;
Leave the fair train, and tlie light gilded room*
'J4> He -jlsMJo hsM'.i^hti'd in tb*^' fonnlj,
'fud only is immortal; man not so;
XMf, lo be j'aid ujwjn demand we owe.
TO THE ENGLISH TONGUE.
135
On Honest Labour.
Co X iLe plough or team; ^o hvi\i;e or diich;
Home honest callinir use, no mailer which;
He porter, postmaii— take llie labouiinj,^ oar:
Employmeut keeps the hailiHs IVom tl»e doer.
Though lliou be mean, lliy tVugal intlustry,
Depend upon it, shall rewarded be.
On Ilearen.
Heaven is our uunrd, and innocence its care.
Nor need the just" llie worst of danuers fear:
It pities the deUMiciiess poor man's uriet,
And sends him, nheii he calls, help and relief,
lis arnn, the surest succour, and the best.
Delivers and revenges the distress d.
On an Active Life.
Happy is he— the only hcppy mnn~
Who, out of eiioice, does ail the good lie cnn;
Who busint'ss loves, and others better nnakes
Uy prudent indusli y. an I pains he takes:
(lod's blessing- here" hell have, and man's esteem;
And, when he dies, his works will lollow him.
J\Ii "fortunes adcantcgeovs.
In «H niisforlunes, this advantage lies —
They make us luinible, and they make us wise.
Let's bear it calmly, thou,«:h a grievous wo,
And still adore the hand that gives the blow.
And he that can acquire such virtue, gaini
An ample recompense for all his pains.
On Christ our Life.
I am the resurrection, saith the Lord;
Eternal life's the fruit of my eternal word;
Whoever firmly does in me believe,
The s-rave shall not confine, nor hell receitel
Nor only this; but those that will rely-
Oa what I teach, shall iiovcr, never die.
20
A r.'Evv t:uii)L
On Klnrj iViU'iitm.
Lony; rnny tlit- Kinijr fiicat Jtritain's sci'^pfre sv»jiy
VVliile ail Ilia sul>j»'(Ms pr.u-e.ihK ofx'v;
/\iul wluMi CiOkl s piovidt ri(.<' sl'^Ji liiiii rernov«
I'Vom lliesc ln'io\v, to lii::ii. ]■ jc.iinjs'Hliove,
To Ills D'vn liice niiiy lu' (Itc ciovmi itsii;u.
Fur ever lo conlimie in ilii-r \\i\i^.
I/.Jm
J
M $1
ill
0/i //<ff Scjipfure.
Le!, sacred wriiinus ainii^s ijc admiifMl,
Whcst' holx pt'uuuMi truiv utie iii>|»irfd.
Through al! succcjMiiii;.;- I'lrics, both vsorsl nnd htnt^
They havt- iim (l(»v,:i, and hcrin' the slrictt'St le»l.
A spirit llu'ie iu ovciy iit.i' we see,
Ol'hopts kne, joy, and iininorlaiity.
On a Cavrprfcvct/,
Let mc, O Cod, my labouis so employ,
That i y coinpeieiicy may eiijcy:
I ask no vnoie than my liles wanis supply.
And leave (hrir due lo others uheii I «iie.
If this thou |:«anl (\\hieh noihinu: doubl 1 can),
None e\er lived or died a richer man.
Oh me Fall of J\Ian.
Man was by lienvcn made to liovi-rn all,
But how unlit, demonstrates in his Tail;
Created pure, and \Msh ivslren^lh endued *
OI't;race dirine, sulHcient to have stood:
But alienate Irom God: he soon becamo
The tiiild ol wrulh, pritle, misery, and shama.
On the Sceptic.
No providence the sce|)lic uill allow: ^
Then let the unijirilelul morlaj tell me how ;
His tentU^r inf'i ncy ]>!oU'Clion loiiud
A I)'! J /\tt~ l| l*^ <»l I* I4 11 >r\f\i \ It .-. ^ f.. t •]
How fhrou<;lj his youth ho came lo manly yrnra,
Throu''h many dan";ers, which he sees nud feara.
,»<u«., -^
^•A
crown <i
'V.
TO THE l::^'gmsi: tOxNgue. i
iv:
The Good of Eril.
One week's extremily may leach us more
Thau ioiiir p.ospi-riiy had done hetore;
Deaili is forjioJleii in oar easy sinte.
But irouldes itiiii<i us ot Dur liiial late;
Tlie dtjinu ill ^'lleols l:s i ot with fears.
But sutlejint; ill brings souoa, uo, aiul lenr».
On L'jhtfj.
On all oecasioMS to declare the IriiUi,
Is moiiit praisev.orthy ai a virtuous youth; .
A fault eXtt^lUlattMl i)y a lie,
is douhled in ledily thereby;
And lit- that In this vice b»come's a slave,
In lire and biiiubtone sbiill his portion have.
0)1 Forethought.
hashness and haste make all things insecure;
Aii ureal concerMiuenls must dehus endure.
'I'hiiik ou liie :j!e;\iis, the manner, and the end,
VVlicd any yieat dpsiyn ihon dost inlendj
And if uneerlain lliy jnetcnsions he,
Stay lili tit liuie sve^vis out uncertainty.
On Ike Parliament.
See Britan. s Kin.u', upon his awful tin-one.
Striving- to inake each .sui))ecl's heart his own;
By justice ru)in^•, hut \\iih Uicrcy inix'd,
Support! n.n s^urship, afi by law 'tis tixd;
While Lo;ds aiid (Jomuions all as one agree,
To settle iiirn bis crown and di-jnity.
On Trouble.
The happiest man that ever breathed on earth.
With all the glori.-s of estate and birth,
Had yet some anxious care to iiuike liiin know
No grandeur was above the reach of wo.
To be from all things that disipilet, free.
Is not coiisisleiit v,ith buuuinity.
1
Ei^kS^
1«
A NEW C!UI1>E
On Alm'ujhhj Power.
Tlie lofty concave of the vast expanse
Could never l)e the effect of <;lcUlv chance:
Thosf! beiiutcous and armiziii^- ulobes of light
No power cotild make, that was not intinile;
But when Me spake, each atom of tius frame
From the dark woiub ol empty notiiing came.
Trijle not in Devotion.
Whither ihou uo'st conceive, and to what end.
When thine own feel the liouse of Glod usceBti:
Tliere ralher lear iiis lile-direclinii: rules.
Than otfer up the sacrilice of lools:
For sinful lae their gills, who neitlier know
What they to God should give, nor v>hat ihey on*.
On Death.
When we have once rpsiyu'd our sinful breath
(For wc can die but once), then after death
'I'he immortal suul iinine<iialely goes
To endless jo}S, or everlastiny voes:
Wise then's »he man who laijour.s to secure
His passage sale, and his recep'.ion sure.
\
Christ on the Cross.
Ye wanderinju: travellers that pass this way
Stand still awhile, these agonies survey;
And, on result oi serious thoughts, declare
If ever sorrows niight wiih mine coutpare:
But God ill men y liath decreed this cup;
Most willingly therefore I drink it up.
Live to die.
You, whose fond v.ishes do to heaven aspire,
Who jtiake ihose bless d abodes jour sole deflire*
If you are wise, and hope that bliss to gain.
•* >
JLet not the morrow your vain thoughts employ.
Hut tiiink this day the l»st von sluiU ♦'njov.
H.
K J
m^Vamm»M~
TO THE KNGLISH TONGUE.
131
YouiKj/ulks thhik old folks to he f oofs, but §iilfolki kn^w
you II If folks to be fovis,
FABIE HI. ^
OF Tin: KID, THE G^AT, ANI>'THE WOLF.
1 V^IIEN ilie jiOMt was ff^jiir abroad, she chartifd the ktcl
U) sh»;l the door afler l\rv, aivd ojhii il Jo lume, tjli «h«^
shonhl ivtum, and then to lopkv^M} oi iUv wicidowjirsf.
Very "ell, iiioiSh-, sa>s the 1si<l, it you had not told me, I
should have liad uil enough i6 ket^nhe door shut, and to
Irtke care of myself. *.
At Ihe same' lime, the wolf happentij to be behind tb#
house, and htant the cliai«re uiven to tlYb^kid.
Some time alter the goal's <!ei)arture, the wolf knocks Ai
the door, and, counterfeiting the goiit's voice, demands en-
trance. The kid, supposinu; it to be .ber dam, foruot to look
oul at the window, but immediately opened the door, and l*t
in the wolf; who instantly made a prey of her, and tore herrv
to pieces-
TllE iNTEHI'Rr.TATION. *
Cliildren sliould obey their parents, who are always bettet
||»lc to advTse them tlian the children can lheinsel*e.s* U i%
convenient also lor young men to lend nn ear to the agcd«
ipi|i^, beinir n;ore experienced in the affairs of the world, CMI
give them better culm^fel, whereby they may avoid mtkWP^
lUiagcis: witness Eli's sons, und Hehoboam's fali* **
;i
13?
A XEW GUIDE
N
f-
w
c
A infin mn-iifurgim an injury, but he aiiinot easily forget it.
A
FABLE IV.
01 THE HUSBANDMAN AND TIIi: SNAKE.
liUSIJANUMAN lirtii bionglit up » snake in his house;
hut, htinji- >«i»tti> with l»ei, siiuck her xvilh his hatchet,
imU vN<)Oi)dpcrh«rr lor which reason siie H( d Irom him.
AfterwarUs the hiisljiindinan, lulling;- into «ant, imagined
thut this niislortuue bdel him lor tin injury ('one to the snake,
nu<i therefore humbly rt-quesJta ol iier that she would come
and live with him aj-ain. ^
1 he snake replied, thai she lorgave him, but she would
not return to live x\ilh one who ktpl a hatchet in bis house;
addin^s that although the snkarL ot the wound was gone, yet
the mark was lelt. and the reaienibrance oi it was still Iresh
m her memory.
THE INTERPUin AliO.N.
li is not safe to trust that man who hath once niad« •
iDJury
brea
'I'
t
l»ut no harm lo remei
iibtT it, because it keeps us oil 6m
fcia
n
1.
S J. ►■•««
^"1
N
TO THE ENGLISH TO.NG'*E.
forget it.
LE.
his house;
s hatchet,
him.
imagined
the snake,
)uld come'
she would
bis house;
gone, yet
slill fresh
re
niad^
»n injury ;
us an 6ui
j\:ake no friendship with an ill-natured man.
FABLE V.
T
- 1 J. »■»»»•
OF THE WOLVES AND THE SHEEP.
HE volves made o leaj^ue with th«- slierp, and hosta:^r«
were given on both sides. The wolvts f^ave their yoiiti--
ones to the sheep, and the sheep gave t^ ir dogs to the woUes.
Some lime alter, \\hih^ the sheep were quietly feeding m
a meadow, the young ^^o!ves began to howl for their t'araB;
at which the wolves came rushing in among tiiem, and charged
them with breaking the leagne.
The sheep bft^an to excuse themselves, saying, 1 hey weiii
feedin<^ by themselves, and therelore could not hurt the younj<
wolves! not having any dogs uith them.
But the wolves insisted on it, that they were guilty of a
breach ot nil ndship; Hllegin^', at the same time, that those
innocents, who never did any hnrm in iheir lives, would not
make such dread lul lanientalions, unless some violence had
been oflftied to ihem; and knowing the sheep to be without
Uieir guard, they Icli oii tiiem, and tore them to pieces.
THi: INTIiUPKETATION.
n^ a|-,vave u"on your «'iuiid when an enemy is near. He
%hi^ has a^uivs run counter to llie rules of friendship, will
never become a true Iriend, tiiough you bhould bind him. by
the itrono;e,st engagemeuts.
■ . ^ifSifSdi).
jm.
■ipS^i^fc-a
4 I
. f'
194
A RCVr OUIDB
*i'
UontsUj is (ke best fotky.
I'Alil.E VI.
OF THE TWO THIEVES ANU THE BIT( HEB.
*» rolIPLE of ^liiuptis went lo a Umchfi's b|)o|) to buy
A !;„" ,,^.»t; mt lu. .1.. Lutein r »a. busicc «„l, o h.r
„..„r;, r- o, the,,, stoic « ,,i..ce o, bed; uud ,..ve .1 i«
^'^'liliL.:;::; i;:s::ra t"t a., .„a c....,.a tb.,,
" n„'l'b,.";hai .loU. it s..or. bv Jov,-, that be ba.l ..on,- of ,t;
4n,l . h 't 1 a i .«ore like«Ue. he .li.l t.ol take <l a»„y.
•" ! « n, Z. butcher .eplU-d The 'If ^ '" -, 'Vll^''''^
,l.^iurb I belb've it to be o..e ol >ou; but He bv «hoin >ou
h;« both slv,,.., can tell d »iil --"d )OU ucco.d.ugl,.
Tin: iMr.UPKITAllON.
.,.j *i...:..v..., io ..rivv to all mtr anions, »U'\ though «•
uuw ^'=:;7^^V:'.j;;;,;i;;^ mnn. v^tue caDuol escHpe hi8 »i.-
\i>
mAv for a vli
siMitrjjf eye, m
ho will rtwaril or pu«
lisU u» «iccouli«i; a» w«^
TO THE KNOLISH TONGUE,
JM
|) to buy
ilh other
ave il lo
l^t'd llicra
one of it;
t away,
uiknown.
hoin \ou
idiugly.
hou^h wt
V his »i»-
w^ an w«^
(
A liar is not to be believed, though he speak the truth.
FABLE Vll.
OF THE SHEPHERD'S BOY AND THE HUSBANDMEN.
S a boy «as looking after some sheep in '^ J"^«f '^I^J*
^ tvnuld oltiiitiines in jest crv out that the woH ^as among
to his assistance; and then he >.ould laugh a them for being
Jich fools as to come when he d.d not ^^«"t them.
At hist the wolf came in earnest, and the boy began la
crv ou as usuaU but tl- husbandmen, think..;^, that ^^^^^^^^^^^^
wanted to delude them auain. nev# troubled h««^^^«»
Soil him. but let h'^m cry on: and so the sheep b«catn* .u
ett«y prey to the wolt, and were destroyed.
THE INTERPI.-JTATION.
Some men Imve sncl. » faculty., of J«»''''f •«''•' 'trr^
important and sacred Irullis cannot escape «hem, other. ««
M^notoriou. for .,-.'; ^^^o^^r^t:t^lVo^t^
•::;.tr™;:r:?;c:rv;i:r,;; irk';«,«n. i«-i^ u '-w
•nd he is for ever derided iu every company.
,7/
. . *rjipi.i i-a-j
•ar
i
18«
.3jn A NIW OOTPE IT OT
N. i r
•^n
L<J/ e^t-y ahne and U will pniiish ibeJf.
FABLE VIII.
OF THE DOG AND THE OX.
4 N ill-natured clog laid himself down in a manger full of
^ piisently came in an ox to feed; but the dog, in a suri)
'^manner, bid him beijone. , . .u Lir
Well replied the o|, thou ^vilt neither eat the t»ay hysdf.
nor suffer ithers to elt it; therefore stay there '« th« thy
^vious humour, and keep away every ox, and ihon thy envy
will become thy punishinent.
The dog did so, and by that means starved himself.
i THE INTEKPEETATION.
Edvv lorments both the body and the mind, and is ae»cr-
vedlv i'ts own punisher. Thus, we see, some men aj:e con-
tent' to Jos« tt /blessing tUemstivts, uiui — -- ■-' —
rnjoy it.
Vt«AV«.*
z^^^
h
I
p'-
ffer full of
in a 8UTi>
k
ay thyself,
It this thy
n thy envy
iself.
a IB ctescro
n
are
«Ott-
*
•^^"j
jti
bm
i
A
/I
TO Trf!M:N(;MS:i toxci i:.
137
Ow<? fjood turn deserves another.
FABLE IX.
OF THE DOVE AND THE BEE.
4 THIRSTY bee came to a fountain to drink; but, bein|j
too hasty, fell in.
A dove in a nriiilibouriny tree, seeing- the bee stniLrule for
life, set herself npon a brancl) that hunj; over the tbnnfaii),
and by her weight Iwouuht it to the water, that the bee m\<rht
get npoti it; and so siived lier life.
Some short linie after, a snare was liiid for the dove; and
>«hile the fowler was drawiniv the net toirelher, the bee (who
at that instant was fl\ina: over), seeiiiif her deliverer in such
danjft. , sJung the fov%ler so severely, that he was obliy;ed lo
Jet the net go again; by which means the dove escaped.
\
•■'I
THE INTEtU'RETATION.
fie helpfui to thy friend; and always retinrn thanks
those who deserve then<.
to
-
138
A NEW GUIDE
'\
Evil be to ihem that evil think. Also, Throw a crust f# a
surly dog, and he will bile yvu.
FABLE X.
OF THE GOOD-NATURED MAN AND THE ADDER.
GOOD-NATURED man being obliged to \ro out io
IVoslv vvealher, on iiis return lioiiie Jound an sidder nlinost
frozen to* death, vhicli lie bI•uu^llt witli him, and laid before
As soon »s the creature had received fiesh life by tb«
Marmth, ;.nd was come to herj^eif, she b^ ufm to hies, and fly
ftbout ilie house, and at lenyth killed one ol Jhe chddren.
V. ell, savs the man, i( this be the best return that you can
make for niy kind offices, \ou shall even share the sam» lat«
youi-self; and so killed her iinmediutely*
THE INlXlwPRKTATION.
Inffrntilude is one of the bhickest crimes a man can U
bHnga U|jcw5 such a graceless wretch all that miscliiet whic»
he cither did, otr thought to do to another*
i I
\
TO THE KNGI Ml TONGUE.
139
i
lazy folks take the most pains. Also, Ghe a man hi$ hrtmi
and cheese ivhen he has earned it. \-
FABLE XI.
OF TIIK OLD WOMAN AND HER MAIDS.
CERTAIN oU! uoman. bavins n1)0iit her ft parcel of
idle maids, xxould obli-e them to rise every mormBg U
^^Vv^^'lie mailis," lookini; on this as a hardship, re^ajved to
pu"a slop to this ^Mowinu^ ovil. and so cut off the cock s head;
thinkin Mhat they niioht then lie abed securely, and indulj;*
ordered a bell to bf. brought to her, with trhicli she ever «X^
fung them up at niidniy;ht.
THU IN TiiRPRFTATlON.
It Is Kood to be indu.crious; for laziness is commonly
punishehvith >vaHt: and dro^Tsiness, saith i^olomou, will
ooTer a maw with ii*s«»
i
^ ! WiM|»'*# - ' ^» -
140
A NiiW GUIDfiJ
'IT
U**-
A bird in Ihe hand is worth two in the bash.
■\
w ■
FABLE XIL
^ti ; /
OF THE FISHEKMAx^ AND THE FISH.
u ' -n , . ; I
% FISHERMAN, having: cast his line into the water, prfe-
-^ seutlv aCier drew up a fisli. '^'^
TF;^ little captive entreated the fisherman that he would
spare her (she beinjr but small) till she was Krown larger,
iind then she would suffer heiself to be taken by him again.
No, no. replies the fisherman, 1 am not to be so served:
irriet\ou go, I must never expect to see you any more;
Neither should I have cauuht you now, if you had known there
was a hook within the bait: and I was always of that teiK*
per, that whatever I could catch I had rather take it away
than leave it behind me.
THE INTERPRIiTATIO>J.
Never let go a certainty for an uncertainty.
r;l^
TO Trie KNGLISii TONGUE.
m
PAirr V.
PAUTICULAR FORMS OF PRAYER.
PdHl.IC PRAYERS 1<X)R THE USE OF SC lUX) S.
■\
ild
er,
II.
d:
re;
in
ay
.fflji
/rt the Mnniing.
\ LMIGHTY GOD, the fountain of all wisdom, we humbly
^*^ l)eseech ibec to pour into our hearts, as into their proper
chiuiiu'ls, the pure wnttrs of learning ; and because thou hast
iruulf no niiuHor himself only, but all of us for the mutual
hflp of eat-h other, .unint that we may so diligently apply
oursf'lves ti, our studii s, that, increasing every day in piety
and nood literature, we may at length become not only use-
ful to ourselves, but ornamental also, both to the state we live
in, and to the true holy Catholic Church. More especially
we pray thee, to uive us all «race to grow wise unto the eter-
nal salvation of our Immortal souls; and this we beg for Jesus
Christ's sake: in whose holy name arid words, we furtlier
pray unto thee, saying, '
Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be thy name;
Ihv kin"-dom come; thv will be done on earth as it is in hea-
ven; give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our
trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us; lead
filf not into temptation, but deliver us from evil; for thine li
the kingdom, the power, and the glory, for ever and ever.
Amen, ^
k TiiK grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of Go,d,
mA the fellowshin oflhe Holy Ghost, be with you all e?tr-
\
■* ''
mare
Amen*
/:
142
A WfciW til/IDK
In the Evening.
i\ AI.MKillTY God and HLOst niprfiful FiJlluT, wo liiimMy
prsiv llie« !o Ibriiive all tlie errors and triiiisi^rrssioiu
viiiich tlioit l*tist ijeheld in us the day past, and luip iis to ex-
f)ressour UMleiuned sorrow lor uliat lias IxiMi aniiss.Uy our care
Co aniend it. What \m^ know not, do llioii traclj ns: ihstruci
us ill our duty, both towards tlu'e and towartls im •> • ai"l |;*,ve
us urace hIwhns to <lo those tliinns which are xl well-
pieasin;^ in thy siiflil. Whatsoever «;()od insh : uns have
l)fen here tiiven this day, j;ratit that they may he carelnlly
rememlx'red, and daily lollowt d ; and-; whatsoever gooJ
desires thou hast put into our hearfslj^rjint tliat. !iy the
assistance of thy graee, lln-y niay be biouulil to uood effect,
(hat thy name may have the honour, and oMrsclvts may
have coud'ort at the day ol account, tinouiih Jesus Christ
our Saviour: in whose holy name and words \ve lurlher pray
iiuto ihee, saying, Our Falher, &c.
PRIVATE PRAYERS.
A Prayer for W'mhm and Knowledge, to be said by a ChiU
going to School, or at any other time, ,
Q Ai.MIGriTV Lord and merciful Father, Maker of hea
ven and earth, who of thy free liberality uivest wisdom
abunuaritly to all who with faith and lull assurance ask it o4
the^: beautify, by the lis^ht of thy heavenly ^race, the to*
wardiiess of my wit; ilui which, with all the poweps of nature,
thou hast poured into me, that [ may not only umierstand
those thin^is which may effectually bring- me to the knowledge
"^'pf thee, and tl»e Lord Jesus our Saviour; but also, with my
♦hole heart and will, constantly follow^ the same, and receive
dlaily increase through thy bounlilul goo<lness towards me,
«s well in jjood life as doctrine. So that thou, ^ho work-
Nrst aH thinj,'s in ail creatures, mayest make thy gracioM
immortal Majesty. Amen,
h
//I
TO THE KNOLI3H TOMJUE
143
A Morning Prayer for a Child.
A
'BIB
H
^' m
4' I'^mm
f-ii'l
o
LORD our heavenlv Father, almiul.ty ftud everlasling
Go.l, ^^ho hasl silHv l.roii.uliL me to ihe bemni.lMg <>l IhW
day. (leleud we in ihe .sa.ne uiih tliy mighty prnver. Jnect
roe in »li n.v latulable ami v.aiseuorihy u.uU r.Aui^s (cr
the best. aM.l'bless .ne in lh..u. E.^liuht... my "^;'»^'f« ""^
iwr, strenotbe.. my memory. .ancMty my heart, am nuirleliy
n^^v lite! Let .be .luti.s of this day be <f ^^»'''''y^'"^^^;
Kone bv me; a.nl ;iive me urace so to apply '»>«;'* %"?y
learnh;«. that I may ll)ereby become u us.^lu "Hinl)er ot th«
comnumuealtb. Grant that I «oay be obe.lun to .y pa-
rent.s aiul U. ibose s^ho bav+j the care o\ my eilucalun., lO
behave mvselt soberly, an.l with ,oo(l manm-rs to every <m^,
ami that \ utay live an innocent an.l "^»«;:"«7\ »»♦;;• , »,^ J
protect ami detend all n.y r.bmons ami triemls '"> U««»'J
hat m>ne of us may lalt mto sm, ne.tber run into any k ml
Qf clanuer; but that all our doinjAS may be ordered by ihy
V/overnance. to do al«ay« that is ni;hteous in tby siirht,
'hm'uhJ^'Sus Christ our Lord: to ^.bom. «ul) rhee and
the Holy Gbost, be all honour aud glory, «orkU1l!iout end
Amen. ^
Aft Evening Prayer for a Child.
OLORD God Almi-bty, by whose prov»<}eoce I h«ve tJren >
preserved this day from all danut^ tlmt m.g ht have be-
ftllen me, I Immblv beseech thee to continue ihy watchlu
^\^en^^ over m'e this nit;ht. Let my ji^uardian an^e
Sefeml me from all the perils and danj,e;s of it and Irom a»
« aul.sor.mv spiritual enemies. And do tl-", - -, «r
always mort r^ady to hear than I arri to pray, an(l art v'ont
S "'"- than'ei.ber I desire or deserve, !>o*-^"J" "P^"
me the abu.».h.nce of thy mercy; forgive me those thing*
Xreof mv .ouscience is alraid. and give me tliose ^ood
ihinus which I am not wovthy to ask. Graft m my hea tthe
love of thy name; increase in me true religion; nownsh me
Hith all /ooduess. ami of thy great mercy ^f ep me ,n th«
same. And j;rant» O Lord, that I may so aithfn ly serve
TieHn this lile, that I fail not finally to attain thy Iveaveidy
wee 111 I'i'*,^ J _...„,! «ji th.^t «A ran desire: throuuh Jesut
Christ our Lord, Amen,
I
P' *
I
ii!
1. «" 1 ,
U- ■
144
A New QviDE
Grace beforg Meat
gANCTIFY, we beseech thee, Lord, tnese creatures to
Grace after Meat,
fjOD'S holy name be blessed and praised for this presjnt
refreshment, and lor all his mercies from time to time
*»esto«'ed upon us; through Jesus Christ our Lord. ,^mm.
^^fore going into Church.
}§TAY here, all worldly thoughts, and all vanities, (hat I
may entertain heavenly meditations.
tt
For a Child. seating himself in the Church.
Q LORD I am now in thy presence, grant me such a mea-
i.,,. sure ot thy grace as may enable me seriously to attend
|o thy mogt sacred word, and obediently f-. practise the same:
through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.
When Divine Service is ended.
J^ORD, pardon the coldness and wanderings of all my
•petitions, and deal with me according to my needs and
thine own mercies: bless me this day, and all the rest of my
life; and grant me thy heavenly grace, that 1 mav ever heri
after serve thee with a clean heart, to thy honour' and glory:
through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen, |/ . ^'
i (o "i i/m \>
>:i
iUD'uf
FINIS
.u
"*-— ~S«P»5B«B!